WO2018003803A1 - In-mold label and in-mold molding - Google Patents
In-mold label and in-mold molding Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018003803A1 WO2018003803A1 PCT/JP2017/023592 JP2017023592W WO2018003803A1 WO 2018003803 A1 WO2018003803 A1 WO 2018003803A1 JP 2017023592 W JP2017023592 W JP 2017023592W WO 2018003803 A1 WO2018003803 A1 WO 2018003803A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- layer
- mold label
- resin
- mold
- base material
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
- B65D—CONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
- B65D25/00—Details of other kinds or types of rigid or semi-rigid containers
- B65D25/20—External fittings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F3/00—Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means; Seals; Postage or like stamps
- G09F3/02—Forms or constructions
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G09—EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
- G09F—DISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
- G09F3/00—Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means; Seals; Postage or like stamps
- G09F3/04—Labels, tag tickets, or similar identification or indication means; Seals; Postage or like stamps to be fastened or secured by the material of the label itself, e.g. by thermo-adhesion
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/32—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an in-mold molded body in which an in-mold label is provided on a resin molded body, and the in-mold label.
- in-mold molding has been used as one of the methods for applying a label to a resin molded body.
- in-mold molding when a resin molded body is molded in a mold, a label is placed in advance inside the mold, and the label is attached to the resin molded body at the same time as the molten resin is molded.
- a label used in in-mold molding is referred to as an in-mold label.
- a printed layer is formed by printing on the in-mold label.
- in-mold labels are often placed with the printed layer facing the mold. For this reason, the resin molded body to which the in-mold label is attached has a printed layer on the outer surface.
- in-mold molding the resin constituting the resin molding is brought into contact with the resin film constituting the label in a molten state. At this time, the resin on the surface opposite to the printed layer, which exists on the surface in contact with the molten resin, melts. Then, after the molten resin of the label and the resin molded body are integrated, the label and the resin molded body are thermally fused by being cooled and solidified.
- in-mold molding a labeled in-mold molded body (hereinafter also simply referred to as “in-mold molded body”) in which the label and the resin molded body are integrally attached is molded. For this reason, the level
- heat sealing adhesion is known as another technique for attaching a label to a resin molded body.
- various labels have been proposed that are used in such a manner that the printed layer is not exposed outward.
- the label which coated the surface which a heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer affixes on a target object is used.
- the label described in Patent Document 1 can be applied to products such as bottles and packages by activating the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer applied to the substrate with heat and performing pressure bonding simultaneously with the heating of the label.
- the base material is made of a transparent film, and an ink layer for reverse printing is formed on the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer coated on the base material, leaving a bonded portion of the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer.
- the heat seal adhesive layer which has a thermoplastic resin, a tackifier, and a wax as a main component was provided in the one surface of the base material, and the ink layer was provided on this heat seal adhesive layer.
- Heat seal labels have been proposed. In the label described in Patent Document 2, tackiness is imparted to the ink layer by mixing the component of the tackifier with the ink layer by the wax contained in the heat seal adhesive layer.
- Patent Document 3 discloses a film used as an in-mold label.
- the film described in Patent Document 3 is a laminate of a base film and a heat seal layer, and the heat seal layer in contact with the resin molded body has an image printed with an organic solvent-based inkjet print. And this film is integrally molded with a resin molding by the direction which a heat seal layer and a resin molding contact by in-mold molding.
- Patent Document 4 includes a surface polymer layer containing a thermoplastic polymer as a food film used in a mode in which the printed layer is not exposed to the outside, and a polymer film form formed on the surface polymer layer.
- a printed polymer film containing a printed image of is described.
- the printed polymer film described in Patent Document 4 can protect a printed image from abrasion by further laminating a protective layer on the printed polymer film.
- a printing layer (ink layer) formed by printing is in contact with and covered with an adherend such as a bottle or a protective layer.
- an adherend such as a bottle or a protective layer.
- wear resistance can be obtained.
- a printing layer other than the printing layer constituting the label is used. It is also possible to read the print content of the print layer through other layers.
- Patent Document 4 relates to packaging materials for foods and the like, and only discloses a printed polymer film used for packaging foods, cooked food mixes, pet foods, and the like. And patent document 4 does not consider at all about the sticking to a resin molding, and the application to in-mold molding.
- the present invention has been made in view of such background art.
- the purpose is to protect the printed layer in a state of being adhered to the resin molded body, and to visually confirm the printed content, and to provide an in-mold label having sufficient adhesion, and an in-mold label provided with the in-mold label.
- the object is to provide a molded body.
- the present invention is not limited to the purpose described here, and is an operational effect derived from each configuration shown in the embodiment for carrying out the invention described later, and can also exhibit an operational effect that cannot be obtained by the conventional technology. It can be positioned as another purpose.
- in-mold labels comprising a base material layer and a printed layer, a resin molding containing a coloring material and an ethylene copolymer and serving as an adherend It has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by employing a printed layer that is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the body and a base material layer having a predetermined opacity, and the present invention has been completed.
- An in-mold label provided on a resin molded body comprising a base material layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a printing layer, the printing layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer, and
- the in-mold label is characterized in that the printed layer can be heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body, and the opacity of the base material layer is 40% or less.
- thermoplastic resin includes a polyolefin resin.
- the opacity of the laminated structure having the base material layer and the ink receiving layer is The in-mold label according to [1] or [2], which is 40% or less.
- An in-mold molded body comprising a resin molded body and an in-mold label provided on the resin molded body, wherein the in-mold label is an in-mold label according to [1] to [8] An in-mold molded body, wherein the printed layer is thermally fused to the wall surface of the resin molded body.
- the labeled container 1 having a particularly preferable bottle-like hollow shape will be described as an example of the in-mold molded body.
- the labeled container 1 includes a resin molded body 2 and an in-mold label 3 provided on the outer surface of the resin molded body 2.
- the in-mold label 3 has a layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 a including the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3a is also referred to as “two-layer type”.
- FIG. 1 the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3a is also referred to as “two-layer type”.
- the in-mold label 3 further includes an ink receiving layer 31 between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21, so that the printing layer 11, the base material layer 21, and the ink receiving layer are provided.
- the layer structure of the in-mold label 3b is provided.
- the printing layer 11 is provided on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side. That is, the in-mold label 3b has at least the printing layer 11, the ink receiving layer 31, and the base material layer 21 in this order.
- the layer structure of the in-mold label 3b is also referred to as “three-layer type”. In the case where the in-mold labels 3a and 3b are not particularly distinguished from each other, there may be a case where the reference is given as “in-mold label 3”.
- each member which comprises the container 1 with a label is demonstrated in detail.
- the print layer 11 is a layer constituting the in-mold label 3.
- the printing layer 11 is provided on the base material layer 21.
- the printing layer 11 is provided on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side.
- the printing layer 11 contacts the molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in a molding machine (for example, a mold) during in-mold molding.
- the printing layer 11 is melted by the heat of the molten resin, so that the printed layer 11 is fused with the molten resin and further cured after cooling, thereby contributing to the adhesion between the wall surface of the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3.
- the printed layer 11 can heat-bond the in-mold label 3 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2 in this way.
- the print layer 11 is a layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer.
- the printing layer 11 usually has a color material and an ethylene copolymer as main components, and a resin film layer made of an ethylene copolymer containing a color material is preferable.
- the main component means that the total amount of the color material and the ethylene-based copolymer in the printing layer 11 is 50% by mass or more.
- the printing layer 11 may be provided over the entire surface of the base material layer 21 as shown in FIG. 2, and partially or intermittently on the base material layer 21 as shown in FIG. It may be provided.
- the printing layer 11 may be provided over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31 as shown in FIG. 9, and partially or intermittently on the ink receiving layer 31 as shown in FIG. May be provided. That is, the printed layer 11 may or may not be a uniform layer, but the adhesive property between the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 and the resin molded body 2 can be increased via the printed layer 11. From the viewpoint of enhancing, a uniform layer is preferable.
- the printing layer 11 is provided partially or intermittently on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31, there is a case where the printing layer 11 is provided so as to constitute a character or a pattern. Or the case where the printing layer 11 is provided in patterns, such as a dot shape, stripe shape, a check shape, is mentioned. Or the printing layer 11 may be provided so that a position, a shape, and a magnitude
- Examples of printing methods for forming the printing layer 11 include offset printing, letterpress printing, flexographic printing, gravure printing, screen printing, and ink jet printing.
- the type of ink attached to the printing layer 11 may be appropriately selected according to the printing method, and is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of transferability and adhesion of ink to the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31, liquid electrostatic ink (typically, Hewlett-Packard electro ink) is preferably used as the toner composition.
- the printing layer 11 of the present embodiment is preferably a toner printing layer formed of a liquid ink containing thermoplastic toner particles in which a coloring material is blended in a binder of a thermoplastic resin containing an ethylene copolymer.
- thermoplastic toner particles are charged. More preferably, printing is performed by transferring thermoplastic toner particles by electrophotography. Particularly preferably, it is formed using a liquid electro-ink containing the thermoplastic toner particles.
- the printing method is preferably offset printing, more preferably digital offset printing, from the viewpoints of handling a small lot and productivity.
- the printing layer 11 is formed by offset printing.
- the printing layer 11 is a layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer. It may be formed using another printing method or a toner composition.
- the toner composition contains a color material and an ethylene copolymer.
- the toner composition preferably further contains a liquid carrier and a charge control compound.
- the toner composition is more preferably charged.
- the toner composition may further contain a dispersion stabilizer that stabilizes the electrical properties of the charge control compound.
- the printed layer 11 is formed by adhering (or transferring, transferring, etc.) such a color material and an ethylene copolymer dispersed on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. Can do. That is, the printing layer 11 is a polymer film composed of an ethylene-based copolymer, and the polymer film contains a color material.
- the liquid carrier dissolves, disperses or emulsifies the color material and the ethylene copolymer in the toner composition.
- the liquid carrier is not particularly limited, but a nonpolar liquid having a low dielectric constant is preferably used.
- the nonpolar liquid preferably has an electrical resistivity of at least 10 9 ⁇ ⁇ cm or more and a dielectric constant of less than 3.0.
- Nonpolar liquids include aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, light mineral oils, and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto.
- aliphatic hydrocarbons branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable, and for example, Isopar (registered trademark) series isoparaffin hydrocarbons (manufactured by ExxonMobil) are preferably used.
- the content of the liquid carrier is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 90% by mass, and further preferably 50 to 80% by mass with respect to the total amount of the toner composition.
- ethylene copolymer examples include ethylene and vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; (meth) acrylic acid; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, ( (Meth) acrylic acid esters such as meth) butyl acrylate; 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene and 4-methyl-1-pentene ⁇ -olefin; terephthalic acid; copolymers with one or more comonomers selected from alkyl terephthalates such as butyl terephthalate, but are not particularly limited thereto.
- (meth) acrylic acid includes both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
- an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer and an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer are preferable, and an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer is preferable.
- a polymer is more preferred.
- the content of ethylene units in the ethylene copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, and still more preferably 60 to 85% by mass.
- the content of the ethylene copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the toner composition. is there.
- the print layer 11 preferably contains an ethylene copolymer having a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower.
- the polymer film image is transferred using the toner composition, it is easy to form the printing layer 11 on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31.
- the adhesiveness of the printing layer 11 and the resin molding 2 can also be improved.
- the upper limit of the melting point of the ethylene copolymer contained in the printing layer 11 is preferably 135 ° C, more preferably 130 ° C, still more preferably 125 ° C, particularly preferably 120 ° C, and the lower limit is
- the temperature is preferably 65 ° C, more preferably 75 ° C, still more preferably 85 ° C, and particularly preferably 90 ° C.
- the melting point of the ethylene-based copolymer contained in the printing layer 11 is preferably 65 ° C. to 135 ° C., more preferably 75 ° C. to 130 ° C., further preferably 85 ° C. to 125 ° C., particularly preferably 90 ° C. to 120 ° C.
- the melting point of the ethylene copolymer constituting the print layer 11 exceeds the lower limit of the above range, stickiness can be suppressed at normal temperature and blocking can be prevented. Further, the melting point of the ethylene copolymer constituting the printing layer 11 is lower than the upper limit of the above range, so that the adhesion between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 and the printing layer 11 and the resin are increased. There exists a tendency for adhesiveness with the molded object 2 to improve.
- the melting point of the resin means a value obtained from the temperature of the endothermic peak obtained by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). Further, the melting point of the ethylene copolymer constituting the printing layer 11 is preferably 5 ° C. or more, more preferably 10 ° C. or more lower than the melting point of the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molding 2. Thereby, there exists a tendency for the adhesiveness of the printing layer 11 and the resin molding 2 to improve.
- the color material a known dye or pigment used for printing ink can be used.
- the pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment.
- the dye include, but are not particularly limited to, azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigo dyes, cyanine dyes, quinoline dyes, benzoquinone dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
- the organic pigment include, but are not limited to, quinacridone pigments such as quindagenta, azo pigments such as toluidine red, phthalocyanine pigments such as monastral blue, monastral green, and the like.
- the inorganic pigment examples include carbon black, metal oxides such as Fe, Co, Ni, and Ti, ferrites and alloys of metals such as Zn, Cd, Ba, and Mg, but are not particularly limited thereto.
- a pigment is preferable, and an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment are more preferable.
- the content of the color material is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 5% for the dye and the organic pigment with respect to the total amount of the toner composition. To 25% by mass.
- the content is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
- the charge control compound is used to control the charge polarity and charge amount of the thermoplastic toner particles.
- an anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant compound is used.
- One of these charge control compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
- metal soap such as barium petroleum acid, phospholipid such as lecithin, metal salt compound of organic acid, organic phosphate compound, organic sulfonic acid compound, quaternary ammonium salt compound, etc. Although it is mentioned, it is not specifically limited to these.
- the content of the charge control compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 4% by mass, and still more preferably based on the total amount of the toner composition. 1% by mass to 3% by mass.
- Dispersion stabilizer A dispersion stabilizer is used to help stabilize the charge control compound.
- the dispersant include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polyethylene glycol.
- the toner composition can be prepared by mixing the colorant and the ethylene copolymer with heating to form thermoplastic toner particles in a liquid carrier, and further adding a charge control compound as necessary. It can.
- wax may be mixed with the colorant when preparing the toner composition, but the printing layer 11, the base material layer 21, or the ink receiving layer 31 of the present embodiment may be made of resin without containing wax. Sufficient adhesion with the molded body 2 is obtained. For this reason, it is preferable that the toner composition and the printing layer 11 are waxless without a wax.
- the printing layer 11 can be formed by performing offset printing using liquid electro ink. First, a cylindrical image forming plate is charged by corona discharge, and then this image forming plate is exposed to form an electrostatic image. Next, the electrostatic image is developed by supplying a toner composition to the image plate on which the electrostatic image is formed. Further, the electrostatic toner image formed by the toner composition is transferred from the image forming plate to a cylindrical blanket. The toner composition transferred to the blanket is heated by the blanket to fuse or aggregate the thermoplastic toner particles contained in the toner composition.
- thermoplastic toner particles form a polymer film, and a polymer film image containing a colorant in the polymer film is formed on the blanket.
- the polymer film image formed in this manner is transferred from the blanket to the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31, and further cooled and cured, whereby the printed layer 11 is formed.
- the ink concentration indicates the ratio of the area of the printing layer 11 to the area of the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31.
- the printing layer 11 is a collection of dot-like inks (network) formed on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. Point).
- the ink density can be represented by a halftone dot area ratio indicating a ratio of an area occupied by a halftone dot portion on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31.
- the lower limit of the halftone dot area ratio occupied by the printing layer 11 is preferably 5%, more preferably 10%, still more preferably 15%, particularly preferably 20%, and most preferably 30%.
- the upper limit is 100%, preferably 90%, more preferably 85%, still more preferably 80%, and particularly preferably 70%.
- the dot area ratio occupied by the printing layer 11 is preferably 20 to 100%, more preferably 30 to 90%, still more preferably 40 to 85%, and particularly preferably 50 to 80%. is there.
- the dot area ratio occupied by the printing layer 11 is preferably 5 to 100%, more preferably 10 to 90%, still more preferably 15 to 80%, and particularly preferably 20 to 70%. is there.
- the ink concentration of the in-mold label 3 is within the above range, sufficient adhesion between the in-mold label 3 on which the printed layer 11 is formed and the resin molded body 2 tends to be easily exhibited.
- the halftone dot area ratio is obtained by, for example, taking an image on the printed layer 11 side of the in-mould label 3 using a CCD camera, and obtaining the ratio of the area of the printed halftone dots by image processing. This means the value calculated.
- the thickness of the printing layer 11 is appropriately changed according to the printing method and the toner composition, and is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.8 to 5 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 1.0 to 3 ⁇ m.
- the ink concentration is sufficiently maintained, visibility can be improved, and sufficient adhesiveness tends to be maintained.
- the base material layer 21 is a layer constituting the in-mold label 3a.
- the base material layer 21 is a layer that supports the printing layer 11 and gives the in-mold label 3 a rigidity (stiffness) that can be handled during printing or processing. Further, the base material layer 21 functions as a printing base film for receiving the printing of the printing layer 11 and providing the printing layer 11. Furthermore, the base material layer 21 exists on the outer surface of the labeled container 1 in a state where the printed layer 11 is thermally fused to the resin molded body 2, and also functions as a protective layer for the printed layer 11.
- the base material layer 21 is a layer constituting the laminated structure 41 together with the ink receiving layer 31.
- the base material layer 21 is provided on the surface opposite to the printing layer 11 with the ink receiving layer 31 interposed therebetween.
- the base material layer 21 is a layer that supports the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31 and gives the in-mold label 3b rigidity (stiffness) that can be handled during printing or processing.
- the base material layer 21 exists on the outer surface of the labeled container 1 in a state where the printing layer 11 is thermally fused to the resin molded body 2, and also functions as a protective layer for the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31.
- the base material layer 21 is also heated by the molten resin. Is transmitted, and the base material layer 21 is also partially melted, so that the base material layer 21 can contribute to adhesion to the resin molded body 2.
- FIG. 3 when the printing layer 11 is not provided on the entire surface of the base material layer 21, that is, provided only on a part of the base material layer 21, The molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in the mold comes into contact with the portion of the base material layer 21 that is not covered with the printing layer 11. At this time, as shown in FIG.
- the base material layer 21 melted by the heat of the molten resin is fused with the molten resin so as to fill the gaps between the printing layers 11 provided partially or intermittently. Curing after cooling contributes to the adhesion between the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3a.
- the in-mold molding is performed. The molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in the mold comes into contact with the portion of the ink receiving layer 31 that is not covered with the printing layer 11. At this time, as shown in FIG.
- the ink receiving layer 31 melted by the heat of the molten resin is fused with the molten resin so as to fill a gap between the partially or intermittently provided printing layers 11. It hardens after cooling and contributes to the adhesion between the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3b.
- the base material layer 21 is a layer containing a thermoplastic resin.
- the base material layer 21 is usually a resin film layer mainly composed of a thermoplastic resin.
- the thermoplastic resin preferably contains a polyolefin resin, and more preferably contains a polyolefin resin as a main component.
- the main component means a component contained in the base material layer 21 by 50 mass% or more with respect to the total amount of the base material layer 21.
- the base material layer 21 is usually made of a thermoplastic resin film.
- thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as it is a material that can be formed into a film shape.
- examples of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 include polyolefin resins, functional group-containing polyolefin resins, polystyrene resins, polyester resins, polycarbonate resins, and polyamide resins, but are not particularly limited thereto. .
- polystyrene-based resin contained in the base material layer 21 examples include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (L-LDPE), and ultra-low density.
- examples of the ⁇ -olefin copolymer include propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, Examples thereof include ⁇ -olefins having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1-octene and 4-methyl-1-pentene.
- these copolymers may be either random copolymers or block copolymers.
- the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- the metal in the metal salt of the ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer include Zn, Al, Li, K, and Na.
- Examples of the polystyrene resin contained in the base material layer 21 include atactic polystyrene, syndiotactic polystyrene, and a styrene / maleic acid copolymer.
- Examples of the polyester resin contained in the base material layer 21 include polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate isophthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polybutylene succinate, polybutylene adipate, and polylactic acid.
- Examples of the polycarbonate resin contained in the base material layer 21 include aromatic polycarbonate and aliphatic polycarbonate.
- Examples of the polyamide resin contained in the base material layer 21 include nylon-6, nylon-6,6, nylon-6,10, nylon-6,12, and the like.
- thermoplastic resins can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
- the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is preferably a polyolefin resin from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, productivity, and the like.
- the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is excellent in adhesiveness between the printed layer 11 and the resin molded body 2, and has mechanical strength, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, and production. From the viewpoint of properties, high-density polyethylene, low-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymers, polyethylene resins such as ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, or propylene homopolymers, etc.
- Polypropylene resin is preferred, high density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are more preferred, low density polyethylene, linear low density Polyethylene and ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are more preferable, and linear low density polyethylene is particularly preferable.
- the ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer is preferably a metallocene copolymer copolymerized using a so-called metallocene catalyst.
- the base material layer 21 preferably contains a thermoplastic resin having a melting point of 200 ° C. or lower, and more preferably contains a polyolefin resin having a melting point of 200 ° C. or lower.
- the melting point of the polyolefin resin contained in the base material layer 21 is preferably 65 ° C. to 200 ° C., more preferably 75 ° C. to 185 ° C., further preferably 85 ° C. to 170 ° C., particularly preferably 90 ° C. ⁇ 155 ° C.
- the base material layer 21 is preferably a polyethylene resin having a melting point of 75 ° C. to 140 ° C., and more preferably a metallocene copolymer having a melting point of 75 ° C. to 140 ° C.
- the melting point is more preferably 85 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 90 ° C. to 120 ° C.
- the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is a polyolefin such as high-density polyethylene or propylene resin from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, productivity, and the like. Based resins are preferred. In particular, a propylene-based resin is more preferable, and a propylene homopolymer is more preferable from the viewpoint that the above-described balance of various properties is excellent. Further, the melting point of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is preferably higher by 10 ° C. or more and more preferably 15 ° C. or higher than the melting point of the resin contained in the printing layer 11.
- thermoplastic resins a propylene homopolymer having a melting point of 150 to 170 ° C. is more preferable.
- the base material layer 21 is preferably fillerless and substantially free of fillers such as inorganic fine powder and organic fine powder.
- “substantially does not contain” means that the filler content is 0.0 to 3.0% by mass in terms of solid content with respect to the total amount of the base material layer 21.
- the amount is more preferably 0.0 to 1.0% by mass, further preferably 0.0 to 0.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0 to 0.01% by mass.
- the base material layer 21 may contain additives known in the art as needed in addition to the above-described thermoplastic resin.
- the additive contained in the base material layer 21 include a heat stabilizer, an antistatic agent, a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and a light stabilizer.
- the content of the additive in the base material layer 21 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight with respect to the total amount of the base material layer 21.
- the base material layer 21 may contain a wax, as described above, the printed layer 11 and the base material layer 21 of the present embodiment can be combined with the resin molded body 2 without containing a wax. Sufficient adhesiveness can be obtained. For this reason, it is preferable that the base material layer 21 is waxless which does not contain wax.
- the thickness of the base material layer 21 is not particularly limited, but in the in-mold label 3a, it is preferably 20 to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably 40 to 180 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 50 to 150 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the base material layer 21 is preferably 20 to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably 30 to 150 ⁇ m, and further preferably 40 to 100 ⁇ m.
- the in-mold label 3 can be provided with appropriate rigidity to prevent generation of wrinkles when the printing layer 11 is formed. It becomes easy to fix the label at a desired position during insertion.
- the base material layer 21 is melted together with the printing layer 11 by the heat of the molten resin of the resin molded body 2 at the time of in-mold molding, and the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3 are easily fused, and sufficient adhesiveness is obtained. It tends to be.
- the thickness of the base material layer 21 is equal to or less than the upper limit of the above range, it is possible to prevent a decrease in strength of the boundary portion of the in-mold label 3 in the obtained resin molded product, and damage from the label end of the in-mold label 3
- the fall of the transparency of the in-mold label 3 can be prevented.
- the thickness of each layer which comprises the in-mold label 3 or the laminated structure 41 observes a cross section with a microscope, and the whole thickness and observation of the in-mold label 3 or the laminated structure 41 are observed. It means the value obtained by multiplying the ratio of the layer thickness.
- the base material layer 21 is substantially transparent or translucent.
- the opacity of the base material layer 21 is preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, still more preferably 20% or less, and particularly preferably 15% or less.
- the lower limit of the opacity of the base material layer 21 is usually 0%, preferably 1%.
- the opacity of the base material layer 21 is within the above range, the in-mold label 3 having excellent transparency can be obtained.
- the opacity of the base material layer 21 is a value measured according to JIS P 8149: 2000 “Paper and paperboard—Opacity test method (backing of paper) —Diffusion illumination method”. means.
- the ink receiving layer 31 is a layer constituting the laminated structure 41.
- the ink receiving layer 31 is a layer that is interposed between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 and receives printing of the printing layer 11.
- the thickness of the printing layer 11 is sufficiently thinner than that of the ink receiving layer 31. Therefore, when the printing layer 11 is melted by the heat of the molten resin in in-mold molding, the ink receiving layer 31 is also heated by the heat of the molten resin. And the ink receiving layer 31 is also partially melted, so that the ink receiving layer 31 can contribute to adhesion to the resin molded body 2. As shown in FIG.
- the gold layer is formed during in-mold molding.
- the molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in the mold comes into contact with the portion of the ink receiving layer 31 that is not covered with the printing layer 11.
- the ink receiving layer 31 melted by the heat of the molten resin is fused with the molten resin so as to fill a gap between the partially or intermittently provided printing layers 11. It hardens after cooling and contributes to the adhesion between the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3b.
- the ink receiving layer 31 is a layer containing a polyethylene resin.
- the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably a thermoplastic resin film mainly composed of a polyethylene resin.
- the main component means a component contained in the ink receiving layer 31 by 50 mass% or more with respect to the total amount of the ink receiving layer 31.
- Polyethylene resin examples of the polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 include high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer, ethylene / acetic acid. Vinyl copolymer, ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester copolymer, metal salt of ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene / cyclic olefin copolymer However, it is not particularly limited to these.
- examples of the ⁇ -olefin copolymer include propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, 4-methyl-1 -C3-C10 ⁇ -olefins such as pentene.
- the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- these copolymers may be either random copolymers or block copolymers.
- the metal in the metal salt of the ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer include Zn, Al, Li, K, and Na. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- high density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are used.
- Polymer is preferable, high density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are more preferable, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer Is more preferable.
- the ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer is preferably a metallocene copolymer copolymerized using a so-called metallocene catalyst.
- the content of vinyl acetate in the ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the copolymer.
- the content of vinyl acetate is within the above range, the printed layer 11 and the resin molded body 2 can be more strongly bonded, and the transparency tends to be excellent.
- the ink receiving layer 31 preferably contains a polyethylene resin having a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower.
- the upper limit of the melting point of the ethylene copolymer contained in the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 135 ° C, more preferably 130 ° C, still more preferably 125 ° C, particularly preferably 120 ° C, and the lower limit.
- it is preferably 65 ° C, more preferably 75 ° C, still more preferably 85 ° C, and particularly preferably 90 ° C.
- the melting point of the polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 65 ° C. to 135 ° C., more preferably 75 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 85 ° C. to 125 ° C., and particularly preferably 90 ° C. to 120 ° C. ° C.
- the melting point of the polyethylene resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 exceeds the lower limit of the above range, stickiness can be suppressed at room temperature and blocking can be prevented. Further, the melting point of the polyethylene resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 is lower than the upper limit of the above range, so that the adhesiveness between the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31 and the ink receiving layer 31 and the resin molded body 2 are reduced. There exists a tendency for adhesiveness to improve.
- the melting point of the polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 10 ° C. or more lower than the melting point of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 and more preferably 15 ° C. or more. preferable. Thereby, the deformation
- the ink receiving layer 31 may contain an additive known in the art.
- the additive contained in the ink receiving layer 31 include an antistatic agent, a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and a light stabilizer.
- the content of the additive in the ink receiving layer 31 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink receiving layer 31.
- the ink receiving layer 31 may contain a wax.
- the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31 of the present embodiment can be combined with the resin molded body 2 without containing a wax. Sufficient adhesiveness can be obtained. For this reason, it is preferable that the ink receiving layer 31 is waxless without containing wax.
- the thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is not particularly limited, but the lower limit is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 ⁇ m, still more preferably 5 ⁇ m, particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m, while the upper limit is preferably 30 ⁇ m, more Preferably it is 25 micrometers, More preferably, it is 20 micrometers.
- the thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 0.1 to 30 ⁇ m, more preferably 3 to 25 ⁇ m, still more preferably 5 to 20 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 10 to 20 ⁇ m.
- the ink receiving layer 31 When the thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is not less than the lower limit of the above range, the ink receiving layer 31 is melted together with the printing layer 11 by the heat of the molten resin of the resin molded body 2 during in-mold molding, and the resin molded body 2 And the in-mold label 3b are easily fused, and sufficient adhesiveness tends to be obtained.
- the thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is equal to or less than the upper limit of the above range, the curling of the in-mold label 3b is prevented, and the formation of the printing layer 11 on the ink receiving layer 31 and the fixing to the mold are easy. It becomes.
- the laminated structure 41 includes the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31.
- the laminated structure 41 functions as a printing base film for providing the printing layer 11 on the surface on the ink receiving layer 31 side. Further, in a state where the printed layer 11 is heat-sealed to the resin molded body 2, the laminated structure 41 exists on the surface side of the in-mold label 3 b and thus functions as a protective layer for the printed layer 11.
- the thickness of the laminated structure 41 is appropriately set according to the thicknesses of the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 and is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably 40 to 180 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 50. ⁇ 150 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the laminated structure 41 is within the above range, desired performances of the base layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 are exhibited, and sufficient adhesion between the printed layer 11 and the resin molded body 2 is obtained. In addition, it is possible to protect the printing layer 11 and to provide friction resistance.
- the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, still more preferably 20% or less, and particularly preferably 15% or less. Further, the lower limit of the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is usually 0%, preferably 1%. Preferably it is 0 to 40%, more preferably 0 to 30%, still more preferably 0 to 20%, particularly preferably 0 to 15%.
- the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is within the above range, the in-mold label 3b having excellent transparency can be obtained.
- the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is a value measured according to JIS P 8149: 2000 “Paper and paperboard—Opacity test method (backing of paper) —Diffusion illumination method”. means.
- the method for forming the base material layer 21 is not particularly limited, and various known methods can be used. Specific examples include cast molding in which molten resin is extruded into a sheet using a single-layer or multilayer T-die or I-die connected to a screw-type extruder, and the molten resin is extruded into a tube using a circular die. Inflation molding in which the air pressure is expanded, calender molding in which a kneaded material is rolled with a plurality of hot rolls and processed into a sheet, and rolling molding are exemplified.
- the base material layer 21 itself may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers, but is preferably a single-layer structure from the viewpoint of preventing curling.
- the ink receiving layer 31 can also be formed by a method similar to the method for forming the base material layer 21 described above.
- the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 As a method for obtaining the laminated structure 41 by laminating the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31, at least one of coextrusion molding in which both molten resins are laminated in a die, the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 is used.
- the substrate layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 obtained by film forming in advance, extrusion lamination molding in which the heat-melted thermoplastic resin composition constituting the other layer is extruded and laminated, Examples include dry laminate molding or wet laminate molding in which layers are laminated via an adhesive layer.
- the thickness of the obtained ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 3 to 30 ⁇ m.
- the laminated structure 41 can also be obtained by applying the resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 as a paint to the base material layer 21 by a method described later and drying it as necessary.
- This paint can be prepared by dissolving the resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 in a solvent or dispersing it in a solvent.
- the resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 described above. Among them, an ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer and an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are preferable. Although it does not specifically limit as a solvent, Water, toluene, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol etc. can be used conveniently.
- the coating method is not particularly limited, and known coating methods such as a die coater, bar coater, roll coater, lip coater, gravure coater, spray coater, blade coater, reverse coater, air knife coater and the like can be used. .
- the thickness of the obtained ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m.
- a method of obtaining the laminated structure 41 by simultaneously laminating and forming both layers is preferable.
- This method is simple in terms of process, and is a coextruded film having an adhesive strength that the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 do not easily peel off in a post-processing step such as formation or cutting of the printing layer 11. Since it is obtained, it is preferable.
- the substrate layer 21, the ink receiving layer 31, and the laminated structure 41 may be non-stretched (unstretched) films that are not stretched, or may be stretched films by stretching in at least a uniaxial direction.
- the unstretched film is further excellent in transparency and shape followability to a molded product.
- the stretched film is more excellent in transparency, lightness, and thickness uniformity due to thinning.
- the in-mold label 3 of the present embodiment may be subjected to surface oxidation treatment on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 as necessary.
- the surface of the film after molding has a relatively low surface free energy, and the surface free energy of the surface of the film can be improved by subjecting the surface of the film to surface oxidation treatment.
- the transferability of the toner composition is improved, so that the adhesion between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 is improved.
- the surface oxidation treatment is preferably performed on the layer on which the printing layer 11 is provided. For example, as shown in FIG.
- the base material layer 21 when the printing layer 11 is provided on the base material layer 21, the base material layer 21 may be subjected to surface oxidation treatment.
- the surface oxidation treatment include corona discharge treatment, flame treatment, plasma treatment, glow discharge treatment, and ozone treatment. Among these, it is preferable to use corona discharge treatment or plasma treatment as the surface oxidation treatment.
- the base layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 may be subjected to frame processing.
- the in-mold label 3 may form a surface coating layer on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 for the same purpose as the surface oxidation treatment described above.
- the base material layer 21 also functions as a protective layer for the printing layer 11, but the in-mold label 3 a has improved lightness, water resistance, gas resistance, friction resistance, and other fastness properties.
- a protective layer made of a resin film may be further provided on the surface of the base material layer 21 opposite to the printed layer 11.
- the in-mold label 3b is provided with a protective film made of a resin film on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the base material layer 21 side in order to improve fastness such as light resistance, water resistance, gas resistance, and friction resistance.
- a layer may be provided.
- the resin constituting the protective layer is not particularly limited, but the same thermoplastic resin as that used in the base material layer 21 described above can be used.
- polyolefin resin polystyrene resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate Examples thereof include resins and polyamide resins.
- a polyolefin-type resin the thing similar to resin used by the base material layer 21 mentioned above can be used.
- the thickness of the protective layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 50 ⁇ m. Various methods can be adopted as means for providing the protective layer, and are not particularly limited.
- the in-mold label 3 of this embodiment is suitably used as a label attached to the resin molded body 2 in in-mold molding.
- the in-mold label 3 may be set in advance in the mold so that the surface on the base material layer 21 side is in contact with the inner wall of the mold.
- the in-mold label 3 a can be manufactured by first forming the base material layer 21 and then forming the printing layer 11 on the base material layer 21. At this time, it is preferable to provide the printing layer 11 on one main surface of the base material layer 21 so that the printing layer 11 directly contacts. That is, the base material layer 21 and the printing layer 11 are laminated without interposing another layer (for example, an adhesive layer or a conventional heat seal layer) between the base material layer 21 and the printing layer 11. It is preferable from the viewpoint of curling suppression, productivity and cost of the in-mold label 3 to be obtained.
- the in-mold label 3b can be manufactured by first forming the laminated structure 41 and then forming the printing layer 11 on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side. That is, it is preferable to provide the ink receiving layer 31 between the base material layer 21 and the printing layer 11 from the viewpoint of improving the adhesiveness between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 via the ink receiving layer 31.
- the labeled container 1 can be manufactured by sticking the in-mold label 3 to the resin molded body 2 by in-mold molding (in-mold labeling). At the time of in-mold molding, the surface on the printed layer 11 side is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2, whereby the labeled container 1 can be integrally molded.
- the labeled container 1 is an example of an in-mold molded body that is a resin molded product by in-mold molding to which an in-mold label 3 is attached.
- the in-mold molded body is a three-dimensional molded body that forms a space, for example, a hollow molded body such as a bottle, a tank, or a squeeze container; a molded body having an opening surface such as a tray, a cup, or a container; What has shapes, such as a hollow molded object formed in the shape, is mentioned.
- the resin molded body 2 according to the present embodiment is a hollow molded product including a thermoplastic resin.
- the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molded body 2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a material that can be molded into a desired shape.
- Examples of the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molded body 2 include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene resins and polypropylene resins; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polybutylene succinate, and polylactic acid; aromatic polycarbonates, Examples thereof include polycarbonate resins such as aliphatic polycarbonates; polystyrene resins and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto.
- a polyolefin resin is preferable, and a polyethylene resin is more preferable.
- the polyethylene resin include high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ultra-low density polyethylene, and ethylene / ⁇ -olefin copolymer.
- high density polyethylene and linear low density polyethylene are preferable, and linear low density polyethylene is more preferable.
- the melting point of the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molded body 2 is preferably 5 ° C. or higher, more preferably 10 ° C. or higher than the melting point of the resin used for the printing layer 11.
- In-mold molding is performed by placing the in-mold label 3 at a predetermined position in the mold so that the surface on the base material layer 21 side is in contact with the inner wall of the mold, and further injecting molten resin into the mold. . Thereby, the labeled container 1 to which the in-mold label 3 is stuck simultaneously with the molding of the resin molded body 2 is obtained.
- Examples of such in-mold molding include injection molding, blow molding such as direct blow molding and stretch blow molding. Among these, blow molding is preferable.
- in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 are integrally formed.
- a molded product having a good external appearance decorated with the in-mold label 3 can be easily obtained.
- in-mold the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 means that a part of the resin component constituting the resin molded body 2 and a part of the resin component constituting the printed layer 11 of the in-mold label 3. Means a state of being bonded in a mixed state at these interfaces.
- the in-mold label 3 is adhered to the resin molded body 2 by in-mold molding. Therefore, at least part of the thickness direction of the in-mold label 3 is buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2. Therefore, the thickness dimension of the in-mold label 3 is set to “T 1 ”, and the height dimension (thickness-direction dimension) of the in-mold label 3 that forms a step portion on the outer side with respect to the outer surface of the outer wall of the resin molded body 2. the if you put a "T 2”, a relationship that satisfies the inequality "T 1> T 2".
- T 1 > T 2 the inequality “T 1 > T 2 ” is easily satisfied.
- the degree to which the in-mold label 3 is buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2 can be represented by the burying rate.
- the burial rate (%) is It is obtained by “T 3 / T 1 ⁇ 100”.
- the burial rate is preferably 1 to 100%, more preferably 10 to 95%, still more preferably 30 to 90%, and particularly preferably 50 to 80%.
- the depth at which the in-mold label 3 is buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2 can be appropriately set according to the thickness of the in-mold label 3, but is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 200 ⁇ m, more preferably Is 10 to 150 ⁇ m, more preferably 50 to 100 ⁇ m.
- the above-described thickness direction dimensions T 1 , T 2 , and T 3 mean values measured by observing the labeled container 1 with a microscope.
- the adhesive strength between the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 may be set as appropriate according to the required performance and the like, and is not particularly limited. It is 2000 gf / 15 mm, more preferably 200 to 1700 gf / 15 mm, and still more preferably 500 to 1500 gf / 15 mm.
- the adhesive strength is preferably 100 to 2000 gf / 15 mm, more preferably 400 to 1500 gf / 15 mm, and still more preferably 600 to 1400 gf / 15 mm.
- the adhesive strength means a value measured according to JIS K6854-3: 1999 “Adhesive—Peeling peel strength test method—Part 3: T-type peel”.
- the ratio of the total area of the in-mold label 3 to the surface area of the labeled container 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% to 90%, more preferably 20 to 80%, and more preferably 30 to 70%. Is more preferable.
- the labeled container 1 is a bottle-shaped hollow molded body, it is preferably 5% to 50%, more preferably 10 to 40%, and further preferably 15 to 30%.
- the display function of the in-mold label 3 can be expressed.
- the in-mold label 3 of the present embodiment includes a printed layer 11 provided on the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure, and the printed layer 11 is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2, thereby providing a container with a label. 1 is formed.
- the printing layer 11 is protected by the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure and is not exposed to the outside, the friction resistance and water resistance of the printing layer 11 are improved.
- the opacity of the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure is 40% or less, the printing content exhibited by the color material contained in the printing layer 11 is transmitted from the outside through the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure. It can be visually recognized.
- the printing layer 11 contains an ethylene copolymer
- the printing layer 11 itself functions as a heat seal layer, and sufficient adhesion between the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 is obtained.
- the in-mold label 3 and the labeled container 1 according to the present embodiment allow the in-mold label 3 and the resin to be protected while enabling protection and visual recognition of the print contents displayed on the print layer 11 in contact with the resin molded body 2. It also has adhesiveness with the molded body 2.
- the in-mold label 3 of the present embodiment employs the above-described configuration, curling is unlikely to occur due to the influence of temperature or humidity change. This is also significant in that occurrence of appearance defects such as misalignment and wrinkles is easily suppressed.
- the in-mold molded product of the present invention includes, for example, household detergent, bathtub detergent, toilet bowl detergent, car wash detergent, facial cleanser, liquid soap, shampoo, rinse, deodorant, liquid bath agent, iron paste, Containers for chemicals (bottles) used for alcohol for sterilization, wax for polishing, insecticides, etc .; containers for foods (bottles) used for soft drinks, sake, soy sauce, oil, sauce, sauces, dressings, etc .; containers for cosmetics (bottles) ); Pharmaceutical containers (bottles); squeeze containers used for spreads such as jam, margarine, peanut butter, ketchup, mayonnaise; containers for ice cream, yogurt, etc .; containers for laundry detergent, dishwashing detergent, wet tissue, etc .; smartphone cases , Cases and exterior parts for electronic devices such as smartphone covers; can be used as hollow molded products such as models, dolls, and toys It is.
- chemicals used for alcohol for sterilization, wax for polishing, insecticides, etc .
- ⁇ Thickness> In accordance with JIS K 7130: 1999 “Plastics—Film and Sheet—Thickness Measurement Method”, the thickness of the base material layer was measured using a constant pressure thickness measuring instrument (manufactured by Teclock Co., Ltd., device name: PG-01J). And the thickness of the whole laminated structure was measured. The thickness of each layer in the laminated structure was measured by the following procedure. First, the laminated structure serving as the measurement target sample was cooled to a temperature of ⁇ 60 ° C. or lower using liquid nitrogen.
- the sample to be measured after cooling is placed on a glass plate, a razor blade (product name: Proline Blade, manufactured by Chic Japan Co., Ltd.) is applied to the sample to be measured at a right angle, and the sample to be measured is measured.
- a sample for cross-sectional measurement was created by cutting the.
- the cross section of this cross section measurement sample was observed using a scanning electron microscope (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., device name: JSM-6490).
- the boundary line was discriminated based on the difference in appearance due to the difference in composition from the observed image, and the ratio of the thickness of the layer to be measured to the thickness of the entire film was determined. Thereafter, the thickness of the layer to be measured was obtained by multiplying the overall thickness by the ratio of the layer thicknesses determined by observing the sample for cross-sectional measurement.
- ⁇ Opacity> In accordance with JIS P 8149: 2000, the opacity of the base material layer and the laminated structure was measured. A test piece having a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm was prepared from the base material layer and the laminated structure, and the opacity at each of the three locations was set to 1 using a color meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., device name: SM color computer). Measurement was performed once, and the average value of all measurement data was calculated. Regarding the base material layer, the transparency was determined by setting the opacity of 40% or less as transparent ( ⁇ ) and the opacity exceeding 40% as opaque (x).
- Example a group and Comparative example a group ⁇ : Good (can be visually recognized without significant change in character color and density after molding) ⁇ : Slightly poor (character color and density slightly change after molding) X: Defect (the color and density of characters appear clearly light after molding) XX: Extremely bad (characters are not visible after molding) (Example b group and Comparative example b group) ⁇ : Good (characters can be visually recognized after molding) X: Defect (characters are not visible after molding)
- metallocene polyethylene manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., Kernel KF360T
- Resin A1 was kneaded in an extruder set at 230 ° C. Then, it supplied to one coextrusion die set to 250 degreeC, extruded to the sheet form, this was cooled with the cooling device, and the base material layer of manufacture example a1 which consists of one layer was obtained.
- the base material layer of Production Example a1 had a thickness of 80 ⁇ m.
- Production Example a2 was carried out in the same manner as Production Example a1, except that resins A2 to A5 shown in Table 1 were used instead of resin A1 constituting the base material layer.
- a substrate layer of .about.a5 was produced.
- the total thickness of the base material layer was 80 ⁇ m.
- Example a1 (in-mold label)>
- an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer (made by Hewlett-Packard Indigo BV, trade name: HP ElectroInk Black) containing a coloring material was used as the toner composition B1.
- This toner composition B1 was printed on the base material layer of Production Example a1 using an HP Indigo WS6800 printing press (Hewlett-Packard Inc.) to form a printed layer. Punching was performed after printing to obtain an in-mold label of Example a1. At this time, printing was performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 a of Example a1 includes a printing layer 11 and a base material layer 21, and the printing layer 11 is provided over the entire surface of the base material layer 21. It corresponds to an aspect.
- the in-mold label 3a of Example a1 forms the container 100 with a label, when the base material layer 21 is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2. . At this time, the printing layer 11 is exposed outward.
- Example a2 (in-mold label)>
- the printing was performed in the same manner as in Example a1, except that printing with a dot area ratio of 50% was performed instead of solid printing with a dot area ratio of 100%.
- An in-mold label a2 was obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 a of Example a2 includes a printing layer 11 and a base material layer 21, and the printing layer 11 is partially or intermittently provided on one surface of the base material layer 21. It corresponds to the aspect provided.
- Example a3 (in-mold label)>
- Example a2 of the in-mold label described above except that printing was performed on the base material layer of Production Example a2 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a2 was performed. A mold label was obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label in Example a3 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example a2.
- Example a1 of the in-mold label described above Example 1 was performed in the same manner as Example a1 except that printing was performed on the base material layers of Production Examples a3 to a5 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1.
- In-mold labels a4 to a6 were obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label in Examples a4 to a6 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example a1.
- Example a1 (Use of in-mold label / oxidized polymerization type ink)>
- a rosin-modified phenolic resin oxidation polymerization type
- a color material Oxide Polymerization Type
- Example a1 except that this ink composition B2 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., equipment name: RYOBI3300CR) using a product manufactured by Trade Name: BEST ONE Best SP).
- the in-mold label of Comparative Example a1 was obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 102 of Comparative Example a1 includes an ink print layer 111 containing a rosin-modified phenol resin containing a color material, and a base material layer 21. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink printing layer 111 is provided over the entire surface of the ink.
- the in-mold label 102 of Comparative Example a1 forms the labeled container 101 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 111 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
- Example a2 (in-mold label / photopolymerization type ink use)>
- an acrylic ester oligomer (photopolymerization type) containing a color material (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) was used as the ink composition B3 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer.
- the product was manufactured in the same manner as in Example a1, except that this ink composition B3 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., device name: RYOBI3300CR).
- the in-mold label of Comparative Example a2 was obtained. As shown in FIG.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 104 of Comparative Example a2 includes an ink print layer 112 containing an acrylic ester oligomer containing a coloring material, and a base material layer 21. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink printing layer 112 is provided over the entire surface.
- the in-mold label 104 of the comparative example a2 forms the labeled container 103 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 112 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
- Example a1 of the in-mold label described above except that printing was performed on the base material layer of Production Example a6 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a1 was performed, and A mold label was obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 106 of the comparative example a3 includes the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 121 containing calcium carbonate, and the printing layer 11 covers the entire surface of the base material layer 121. It corresponds to the aspect provided.
- the in-mold label 106 of the comparative example a3 forms the labeled container 105 by thermally fusing the printing layer 11 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
- Example a11 (molded article with label)> Using a high-density polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec HD HJ490) as the molding resin C1, it was carried out on one side of a mold for molding a test piece of length 130 mm ⁇ width 150 mm ⁇ thickness 2 mm.
- the in-mold label (70 mm ⁇ 90 mm) of Example a1 was manually inserted so that the base layer side was in contact with the mold, and this in-mold label was sucked and fixed to the mold. Next, the mold was clamped, and injection molding of the resin C1 melted at 230 ° C.
- Example a11 was obtained.
- This test piece has a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. About this test piece, the adhesive strength of the label, friction resistance, and visibility were evaluated. From the evaluation results using the test pieces, it can be seen that the in-mold label of the present invention can be suitably used for a labeled container.
- Example a12 and a13 molded products with labels
- resin C1 which comprises a resin molding
- Example a13 it carried out similarly to Example a11 except having used resin C2, C3 of Table 1, respectively, and is equivalent to having shown in FIG.
- the labeled test pieces of Examples a12 and a13 having the structure:
- Example a14 (molded article with label)>
- Example a11 described above except that the in-mold label of Example a2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a11 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 4 was the same. Then, a labeled test piece of Example a14 was obtained.
- Example a14 molded products with labels
- the procedure was the same as Example a14 except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 1 were used instead of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG.
- the labeled test pieces of Examples a15 and a16 having the structure:
- Example a17 (molded article with label)>
- Example a16 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example a3 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a2, the same procedure as in Example a16 was performed, and the structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 4 was obtained. Thus, a labeled test piece of Example a17 was obtained.
- Example a13 ⁇ Examples a18 to a20 (molded article with label)>
- Example a13 the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed, except that the in-mold labels of Examples a4 to a6 were used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, and the same as shown in FIG.
- the labeled test pieces of Examples a18 to a20 having the structure were obtained.
- Example a13 molded article with label
- Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a1 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 5 was equivalent. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a11 was obtained.
- Example a13 molded product with label
- Example a2 in-mold label of Comparative Example a2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1
- the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 6 was the same.
- a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a12 was obtained.
- Example a13 (molded article with label)>
- the in-mold label of Example a1 is in contact with the mold.
- a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a13 having the same structure as that shown in FIG. 7 was obtained except that it was manually inserted.
- Table 2 shows the configuration of the labeled molded product and the evaluation results.
- Example a11 to a16 and a18 to a20 the adhesive strength of 500 gf / 15 mm or more is exhibited by heat-sealing through the printed layer, and the compatibility between the resins is high. It was confirmed that sufficient adhesiveness was also exhibited in Example a17, which is considered to be low. Furthermore, from the results of Examples a14 to a17, it can be seen that good adhesion can be obtained even when the printing layer is partially provided.
- the labeled molded products of Comparative Examples a11 and a12 using the in-mold labels of Comparative Examples a1 and a2 are obtained by heat-sealing the ink print layer to the wall surface of the resin molded body, but have sufficient adhesive strength. was not obtained. Further, the labeled molded product of Comparative Example a13 had poor wear resistance because the printed layer was disposed on the outer surface of the labeled molded product and the printed content was exposed. Moreover, the labeled molded product of Comparative Example a14 using the in-mold label of Comparative Example a3 had poor transparency because the substrate layer contained a large amount of calcium carbonate, and the visibility was extremely poor.
- a laminated structure of b1 was obtained.
- the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the base material layer was 67 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 ⁇ m.
- Production Example b2 was carried out in the same manner as Production Example b1, except that resins E2 to E5 shown in Table 3 were used instead of resin E1 constituting the ink receiving layer.
- a laminated structure of .about.b5 was produced.
- the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the base material layer was 67 ⁇ m
- the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 ⁇ m.
- Example b1 (in-mold label)>
- an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer (made by Hewlett-Packard Indigo BV, trade name: HP ElectroInk Black) containing a coloring material was used as the toner composition B1.
- This toner composition B1 was printed on the ink receiving layer side of the laminated structure of Production Example b1 using an HP Indigo WS6800 printer (Hewlett-Packard Inc.) to form a printed layer. Punching was performed after printing to obtain an in-mold label of Example b1. At this time, printing was performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 b of Example b1 includes the printing layer 11 / the ink receiving layer 31 / the base material layer 21 in this order, and the printing layer over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31. 11 corresponds to the aspect in which 11 is provided.
- Example b2 (in-mold label)>
- the printing was performed in the same manner as Example b1 except that printing with a dot area ratio of 50% was performed instead of solid printing with a dot area ratio of 100%.
- An in-mold label b2 was obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 b of Example b2 has a printing layer 11 / an ink receiving layer 31 / a base layer 21 in this order, and is partially or intermittent on one surface of the ink receiving layer 31. In particular, this corresponds to an aspect in which the printing layer 11 is provided.
- Example b1 of the in-mold label described above Example 1 was performed in the same manner as Example b1, except that printing was performed on each of the stacked structures of Manufacturing Examples b2 to b5 instead of the stacked structure of Manufacturing Example b1.
- In-mold labels b3 to b6 were obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold labels in Examples b3 to b6 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example b1.
- the layer structure of the in-mold label 202 of Comparative Example b1 has an ink printing layer 111 / ink receiving layer 31 / base material layer 21 containing a rosin-modified phenol resin containing a coloring material in this order. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink print layer 111 is provided over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31.
- the in-mold label 202 of Comparative Example b1 forms the labeled container 201 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 111 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
- Example b2 (in-mold label / photopolymerization type ink use)>
- an acrylic ester oligomer (photopolymerization type) containing a color material (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) was used as the ink composition B3 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer.
- the product was manufactured in the same manner as in Example b1, except that the ink composition B3 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., device name: RYOBI3300CR).
- the in-mold label of Comparative Example b2 was obtained. As shown in FIG.
- the layer structure of the in-mold label 204 of Comparative Example b2 has an ink printing layer 112 / ink receiving layer 31 / base material layer 21 containing an acrylic ester oligomer containing a coloring material in this order. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink printing layer 112 is provided over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31.
- the in-mold label 204 of the comparative example b2 is to form the labeled container 203 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 112 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
- Example b3 (in-mold label / printed surface is opposite)>
- the toner composition B1 is printed on the substrate layer side of the laminated structure.
- the in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example b1.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 206 of Comparative Example b3 corresponds to an aspect having the ink receiving layer 31 / the base material layer 21 / the printing layer 11 in this order.
- the in-mold label 206 of Comparative Example b3 forms the labeled container 205 by thermally fusing the ink receiving layer 31 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2, and at this time, the printed layer 11 faces outward. Exposed.
- Example b4 (in-mold label / calcium carbonate-containing)>
- Example b1 of the in-mold label described above except that printing was performed on the laminated structure of Production Example b6 instead of the laminated structure of Production Example b1, the same was performed as in Example b1, and A mold label was obtained.
- the layer configuration of the in-mold label 208 of Comparative Example b4 has the printing layer 11 / ink receiving layer 31 / base material layer 121 containing calcium carbonate in this order. This corresponds to an aspect in which the printing layer 11 is provided throughout.
- the in-mold label 208 of Comparative Example b4 is to form the labeled container 207 by heat-sealing the printed layer 11 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
- Example b11 (molded article with label)> Using a high-density polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec HD HJ490) as the molding resin C1, it was carried out on one side of a mold for molding a test piece of length 130 mm ⁇ width 150 mm ⁇ thickness 2 mm.
- the in-mold label (70 mm ⁇ 90 mm) of Example b1 was manually inserted and placed so that the base layer side was in contact with the mold, and this in-mold label was sucked and fixed to the mold. Next, the mold was clamped, and injection molding of the resin C1 melted at 230 ° C.
- Example b11 was obtained.
- This test piece has a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. About this test piece, the adhesive strength of the label, friction resistance, and visibility were evaluated. From the evaluation results using the test pieces, it can be seen that the in-mold label of the present invention can be suitably used for a labeled container.
- Example b12 and b13 (molded products with labels)>
- Example b11 described above the same procedure as in Example b11 was performed except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 3 were used instead of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG.
- the labeled test pieces of Examples b12 and b13 having the following structure were obtained.
- Example b14 (molded article with label)>
- Example b11 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example b2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the same procedure as in Example b11 was performed, and a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 11 was obtained. Then, a labeled test piece of Example b14 was obtained.
- Example b14 molded products with labels
- the procedure was the same as Example b14 except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 3 were used in place of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG.
- the labeled test pieces of Examples b15 and b16 having the following structure were obtained.
- Example b17 to b20 (molded products with labels)>
- Example b13 the same procedure as in Example b13 was performed except that the in-mold labels of Examples b2 to b5 were used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, and the same as shown in FIG.
- the labeled test pieces of Examples b17 to b20 having a structure were obtained.
- Example b13 molded product with label
- Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b1 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, it was performed in the same manner as Example b13 and had the same structure as shown in FIG. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b11 was obtained.
- Example b13 (molded product with label)>
- Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the same operation as Example b13 was performed and the structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 13 was obtained. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b12 was obtained.
- Example b13 (molded product with label)>
- the in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 was manually inserted so that the printed layer side was in contact with the mold. Otherwise, the same procedure as in Example b13 was performed to obtain a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b13 having a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG.
- Example b14 (molded article with label)>
- Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b4 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, it was performed in the same manner as Example b13 and had the same structure as shown in FIG. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b14 was obtained.
- Table 4 shows a list of the structures of the molded products with labels and the evaluation results.
- the molded articles with labels of Examples b11 to b20 using the in-mold labels of Examples b1 to b6 provided with a printing layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer are resistant to friction. It is excellent in all of the properties, visibility, and adhesive strength, and it enables the protection and visibility of the printed content displayed on the side where the in-mold label and the resin molded body are in contact with each other. You can see that it is a combination. Furthermore, the results of Examples b14 to b16 show that good adhesiveness can be obtained even when the printing layer is partially provided.
- the labeled molded products of Comparative Examples b11 and b12 using the in-mold labels of Comparative Examples b1 and b2 are obtained by heat-sealing the ink print layer to the wall surface of the resin molded body, but have sufficient adhesive strength. was not obtained.
- the molded product with the label of Comparative Example b13 using the in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 has poor wear resistance because the printed layer is arranged on the outer surface of the molded product with label and the printed content is exposed. Met.
- the base material layer contained a large amount of calcium carbonate, the labeled molded product of Comparative Example b14 using the in-mold label of Comparative Example b4 had poor transparency and poor visibility. .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Injection Moulding Of Plastics Or The Like (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides an in-mold label of which the printed layer is protected in a state of being stuck to a resin molding and the printed content is visible and which has sufficient adhesiveness, and a container fitted with a label which is provided with this in-mold label. An in-mold label 3 provided in a resin molding 2, wherein the in-mold label 3 is provided with a base layer 21 that includes a thermoplastic resin, and a printed layer 11, the printed layer 11 including a coloring material and an ethylene copolymer, the printed layer 11 being heat-fusible to the wall surface of the resin molding 2, the opacity of the base layer 21 being 40% or below.
Description
本発明は、樹脂成形体にインモールドラベルが設けられたインモールド成形体、及びこのインモールドラベルに関する。
The present invention relates to an in-mold molded body in which an in-mold label is provided on a resin molded body, and the in-mold label.
従来、樹脂成形体へのラベル貼付の手法の一つとして、インモールド成形が用いられている。インモールド成形では、樹脂成形体を金型内で成形する際に、金型の内側にラベルを予め配置して、溶融した樹脂の成形と同時に樹脂成形体へのラベルの貼着を行う。インモールド成形で用いられるラベルは、インモールドラベルと称される。装飾性、意匠性の観点から、インモールドラベルには印刷が施されることで印刷層が形成されている。通常、インモールド成形の際に、インモールドラベルは印刷層を金型に向けて配置されることが多い。そのため、インモールドラベルが貼着された樹脂成形体は、外側の面に印刷層が設けられたものとなる。
Conventionally, in-mold molding has been used as one of the methods for applying a label to a resin molded body. In in-mold molding, when a resin molded body is molded in a mold, a label is placed in advance inside the mold, and the label is attached to the resin molded body at the same time as the molten resin is molded. A label used in in-mold molding is referred to as an in-mold label. From the viewpoint of decorativeness and design, a printed layer is formed by printing on the in-mold label. Usually, during in-mold molding, in-mold labels are often placed with the printed layer facing the mold. For this reason, the resin molded body to which the in-mold label is attached has a printed layer on the outer surface.
インモールド成形においては、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂が溶融した状態で、ラベルを構成する樹脂フィルムに接触する。このとき、溶融した樹脂と接する側の表面に存在する、印刷層とは逆側の面の樹脂が溶融する。そして、この溶融したラベルの樹脂と樹脂成形体とが一体化した後、冷却固化されることにより、ラベルと樹脂成形体とが熱融着する。このようにして、インモールド成形では、ラベルと樹脂成形体とが一体的に貼着したラベル付インモールド成形体(以降、単に「インモールド成形体」ともいう。)を成形する。このため、樹脂成形体に対するラベルの段差が抑えられ、ラベルが確実に貼着した容器等の形状を有する成形体を成形することができる。
In in-mold molding, the resin constituting the resin molding is brought into contact with the resin film constituting the label in a molten state. At this time, the resin on the surface opposite to the printed layer, which exists on the surface in contact with the molten resin, melts. Then, after the molten resin of the label and the resin molded body are integrated, the label and the resin molded body are thermally fused by being cooled and solidified. Thus, in in-mold molding, a labeled in-mold molded body (hereinafter also simply referred to as “in-mold molded body”) in which the label and the resin molded body are integrally attached is molded. For this reason, the level | step difference of the label with respect to a resin molded object is suppressed, and the molded object which has shapes, such as a container which the label adhered reliably, can be shape | molded.
ところで、樹脂成形体へのラベル貼付の別の手法として、ヒートシール接着が知られている。これらのヒートシール接着では、印刷層を外方に向けて露出しない態様で用いるラベルが種々提案されている。例えば、特許文献1では、感熱接着樹脂層を対象物に貼り付ける面に塗工したラベルが用いられている。特許文献1に記載されたラベルは、基材に塗工された感熱接着樹脂層を熱により活性化して、ラベルの加熱と同時に圧着を行うことで、ボトルやパッケージ等の商品に貼り付けることができるヒートシールラベルである。このラベルは、基材が透明フィルムからなり、基材に塗工された感熱接着樹脂層に、この感熱接着樹脂層の貼り合せ部分を残して逆刷り印刷のインク層が形成されている。
By the way, heat sealing adhesion is known as another technique for attaching a label to a resin molded body. In these heat seal bondings, various labels have been proposed that are used in such a manner that the printed layer is not exposed outward. For example, in patent document 1, the label which coated the surface which a heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer affixes on a target object is used. The label described in Patent Document 1 can be applied to products such as bottles and packages by activating the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer applied to the substrate with heat and performing pressure bonding simultaneously with the heating of the label. It is a heat seal label that can be used. In this label, the base material is made of a transparent film, and an ink layer for reverse printing is formed on the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer coated on the base material, leaving a bonded portion of the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer.
また、特許文献2では、基材の一方の面に、熱可塑性樹脂、粘着付与剤、ワックスを主成分とするヒートシール接着剤層を設け、このヒートシール接着剤層上にインク層を設けたヒートシールラベルが提案されている。特許文献2に記載されたラベルでは、ヒートシール接着剤層に含まれるワックスによって、インク層に粘着付与剤の成分が混じり合うことで、インク層にも粘着性が付与される。
Moreover, in patent document 2, the heat seal adhesive layer which has a thermoplastic resin, a tackifier, and a wax as a main component was provided in the one surface of the base material, and the ink layer was provided on this heat seal adhesive layer. Heat seal labels have been proposed. In the label described in Patent Document 2, tackiness is imparted to the ink layer by mixing the component of the tackifier with the ink layer by the wax contained in the heat seal adhesive layer.
さらに、特許文献3には、インモールドラベルとして用いられるフィルムが開示されている。特許文献3に記載されたフィルムは、基材フィルムとヒートシール層とを積層したものであって、樹脂成形体と接触するヒートシール層が、有機溶剤系インクジェットプリントで印刷された像を有する。そして、このフィルムは、インモールド成形により、ヒートシール層と樹脂成形体とが接触する向きで、樹脂成形体と一体成形される。
Furthermore, Patent Document 3 discloses a film used as an in-mold label. The film described in Patent Document 3 is a laminate of a base film and a heat seal layer, and the heat seal layer in contact with the resin molded body has an image printed with an organic solvent-based inkjet print. And this film is integrally molded with a resin molding by the direction which a heat seal layer and a resin molding contact by in-mold molding.
一方、印刷層を外方に向けて露出しない態様で用いる食品用フィルムとして、特許文献4には、熱可塑性ポリマーを含む表面ポリマー層を含み、この表面ポリマー層の上に形成されたポリマーフィルム形態の印刷画像を含む印刷ポリマーフィルムが記載されている。特許文献4に記載された印刷ポリマーフィルムは、印刷したポリマーフィルムにさらに保護層を積層して、印刷画像を磨耗から保護できるものである。
On the other hand, Patent Document 4 includes a surface polymer layer containing a thermoplastic polymer as a food film used in a mode in which the printed layer is not exposed to the outside, and a polymer film form formed on the surface polymer layer. A printed polymer film containing a printed image of is described. The printed polymer film described in Patent Document 4 can protect a printed image from abrasion by further laminating a protective layer on the printed polymer film.
特許文献1~4に記載された技術では、いずれも印刷が施されることで形成される印刷層(インク層)が、ボトル等の被着体や保護層に接してこれらに覆われる。このように印刷層が外部に露出しないよう保護されることで、耐摩耗性が得られるものとなる。さらには、特許文献1~3に記載された技術では、比較的に透明性のよい樹脂フィルムを採用することで、被着体にラベルを貼着した状態において、ラベルを構成する印刷層以外の他の層を通して印刷層の印刷内容を読み取ることも可能とされている。
In the techniques described in Patent Documents 1 to 4, a printing layer (ink layer) formed by printing is in contact with and covered with an adherend such as a bottle or a protective layer. By protecting the printed layer from being exposed to the outside in this way, wear resistance can be obtained. Furthermore, in the techniques described in Patent Documents 1 to 3, by adopting a resin film having a relatively high transparency, in a state where the label is attached to the adherend, a printing layer other than the printing layer constituting the label is used. It is also possible to read the print content of the print layer through other layers.
しかしながら、特許文献1に記載された技術では、感熱接着樹脂層のインク層が設けられた部分における接着力が低下するため、ラベル全体としての接着力は低下して、貼着したラベルが剥がれるおそれがあった。
However, in the technique described in Patent Document 1, since the adhesive strength in the portion of the heat-sensitive adhesive resin layer provided with the ink layer is reduced, the adhesive strength as a whole label is reduced, and the attached label may be peeled off. was there.
これに対し、特許文献2に記載された技術では、層間移動するワックスによってインク層の粘着力を向上させているが、ワックスを主成分として含むために透明性が低下するおそれがあり、またワックスによりインク層側の面にべたつきが生じてブロッキングが引き起こされるおそれがあった。また、特許文献2に記載された技術では、インク層を形成するインクが、酸化重合反応により乾燥するインキに限定されている。
On the other hand, in the technique described in Patent Document 2, although the adhesive force of the ink layer is improved by the wax that moves between layers, since the wax is contained as a main component, there is a possibility that the transparency may be lowered. As a result, the surface on the ink layer side becomes sticky, which may cause blocking. In the technique described in Patent Document 2, the ink that forms the ink layer is limited to the ink that is dried by the oxidation polymerization reaction.
特許文献3に記載された技術では、ヒートシール層に印刷された像の部分において、ヒートシール層と樹脂成形体との熱融着が妨げられるため、接着力が損なわれるものであった。また、特許文献3に記載された技術では、像の形成を有機溶剤系インクジェットプリンタで行うものであるため、フィルムから有機溶剤の溶出又は揮発が生じるおそれがあった。中でもインモールド成形の際にフィルムが高温に晒された際に有機溶剤の漏出或いは揮発が生じ得る。そして、この有機溶剤によって接着不良が生じたり、これを回避するために有機溶剤の回収装置が別途必要となり、生産性が損なわれると考えられる。
In the technique described in Patent Document 3, since the heat fusion between the heat seal layer and the resin molded body is hindered in the image portion printed on the heat seal layer, the adhesive force is impaired. Further, in the technique described in Patent Document 3, since the image is formed by an organic solvent-based ink jet printer, the organic solvent may be eluted or volatilized from the film. In particular, leakage or volatilization of the organic solvent can occur when the film is exposed to high temperatures during in-mold molding. Then, in order to avoid adhesion failure caused by this organic solvent or to avoid this, it is considered that a separate organic solvent recovery device is required, and productivity is impaired.
一方、特許文献4は、食品等の包装材料に関するものであり、例えば、食料品、調理済み食品ミックス、ペットフード等の包装に用いる印刷ポリマーフィルムを開示するに留まる。そして、特許文献4には、樹脂成形体への貼着や、インモールド成形への適用については何ら考慮されていない。
On the other hand, Patent Document 4 relates to packaging materials for foods and the like, and only discloses a printed polymer film used for packaging foods, cooked food mixes, pet foods, and the like. And patent document 4 does not consider at all about the sticking to a resin molding, and the application to in-mold molding.
本発明は、かかる背景技術に鑑みてなされたものである。その目的は、樹脂成形体に貼着した状態において印刷層が保護され、且つ印刷内容の視認が可能であるとともに、十分な接着性を有するインモールドラベル、及びこのインモールドラベルが設けられたインモールド成形体を提供することにある。
The present invention has been made in view of such background art. The purpose is to protect the printed layer in a state of being adhered to the resin molded body, and to visually confirm the printed content, and to provide an in-mold label having sufficient adhesion, and an in-mold label provided with the in-mold label. The object is to provide a molded body.
なお、ここでいう目的に限らず、後述する発明を実施するための形態に示す各構成により導かれる作用効果であって、従来の技術によっては得られない作用効果を奏することも、本発明の他の目的として位置づけることができる。
Note that the present invention is not limited to the purpose described here, and is an operational effect derived from each configuration shown in the embodiment for carrying out the invention described later, and can also exhibit an operational effect that cannot be obtained by the conventional technology. It can be positioned as another purpose.
本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するために鋭意検討した結果、基材層、及び印刷層を備えるインモールドラベルにおいて、色材及びエチレン共重合体を含有し且つ被着体となる樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着する印刷層と、所定の不透明度を有する基材層とを採用することで、上記課題が解決されることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。
As a result of intensive studies to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that in-mold labels comprising a base material layer and a printed layer, a resin molding containing a coloring material and an ethylene copolymer and serving as an adherend It has been found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by employing a printed layer that is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the body and a base material layer having a predetermined opacity, and the present invention has been completed.
すなわち、本発明は、以下に示す種々の具体的態様を提供する。
[1]樹脂成形体に設けられるインモールドラベルであって、熱可塑性樹脂を含有する基材層、及び印刷層を備え、前記印刷層が、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有し、且つ、前記印刷層が、前記樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着可能であり、前記基材層の不透明度が、40%以下であることを特徴とするインモールドラベル。 That is, the present invention provides various specific modes shown below.
[1] An in-mold label provided on a resin molded body, comprising a base material layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a printing layer, the printing layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer, and The in-mold label is characterized in that the printed layer can be heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body, and the opacity of the base material layer is 40% or less.
[1]樹脂成形体に設けられるインモールドラベルであって、熱可塑性樹脂を含有する基材層、及び印刷層を備え、前記印刷層が、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有し、且つ、前記印刷層が、前記樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着可能であり、前記基材層の不透明度が、40%以下であることを特徴とするインモールドラベル。 That is, the present invention provides various specific modes shown below.
[1] An in-mold label provided on a resin molded body, comprising a base material layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a printing layer, the printing layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer, and The in-mold label is characterized in that the printed layer can be heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body, and the opacity of the base material layer is 40% or less.
[2]前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリオレフィン系樹脂を含む[1]に記載のインモールドラベル。
[3]前記基材層と前記印刷層との間に、さらにポリエチレン系樹脂を含有するインク受容層を有し、前記基材層と前記インク受容層とを有する積層構造体の不透明度が、40%以下である[1]又は[2]に記載のインモールドラベル。
[4]前記ポリエチレン系樹脂の融点が、135℃以下である[3]に記載のインモールドラベル。
[5]前記インク受容層が、0.1~30μmの厚さを有する[3]又は[4]に記載のインモールドラベル。 [2] The in-mold label according to [1], wherein the thermoplastic resin includes a polyolefin resin.
[3] Between the base material layer and the printing layer, further having an ink receiving layer containing a polyethylene resin, the opacity of the laminated structure having the base material layer and the ink receiving layer is The in-mold label according to [1] or [2], which is 40% or less.
[4] The in-mold label according to [3], wherein the polyethylene resin has a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower.
[5] The in-mold label according to [3] or [4], wherein the ink receiving layer has a thickness of 0.1 to 30 μm.
[3]前記基材層と前記印刷層との間に、さらにポリエチレン系樹脂を含有するインク受容層を有し、前記基材層と前記インク受容層とを有する積層構造体の不透明度が、40%以下である[1]又は[2]に記載のインモールドラベル。
[4]前記ポリエチレン系樹脂の融点が、135℃以下である[3]に記載のインモールドラベル。
[5]前記インク受容層が、0.1~30μmの厚さを有する[3]又は[4]に記載のインモールドラベル。 [2] The in-mold label according to [1], wherein the thermoplastic resin includes a polyolefin resin.
[3] Between the base material layer and the printing layer, further having an ink receiving layer containing a polyethylene resin, the opacity of the laminated structure having the base material layer and the ink receiving layer is The in-mold label according to [1] or [2], which is 40% or less.
[4] The in-mold label according to [3], wherein the polyethylene resin has a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower.
[5] The in-mold label according to [3] or [4], wherein the ink receiving layer has a thickness of 0.1 to 30 μm.
[6]前記エチレン系共重合体の融点が、135℃以下である[1]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。
[7]前記エチレン系共重合体が、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体及び/又はエチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体を含む[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。
[8]前記印刷層が、5~100%の網点面積率を有する[1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。 [6] The in-mold label according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the ethylene copolymer has a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower.
[7] The in-mold label according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the ethylene copolymer includes an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer and / or an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer.
[8] The in-mold label according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the printed layer has a dot area ratio of 5 to 100%.
[7]前記エチレン系共重合体が、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体及び/又はエチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体を含む[1]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。
[8]前記印刷層が、5~100%の網点面積率を有する[1]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。 [6] The in-mold label according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the ethylene copolymer has a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower.
[7] The in-mold label according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the ethylene copolymer includes an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer and / or an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer.
[8] The in-mold label according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the printed layer has a dot area ratio of 5 to 100%.
[9]樹脂成形体と、前記樹脂成形体に設けられたインモールドラベルとを備えるインモールド成形体であって、前記インモールドラベルが、[1]~[8]に記載のインモールドラベルであり、前記印刷層が、前記樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着していることを特徴とするインモールド成形体。
[10]前記樹脂成形体が、ポリエチレン系樹脂を含んでなる[9]に記載のインモールド成形体。 [9] An in-mold molded body comprising a resin molded body and an in-mold label provided on the resin molded body, wherein the in-mold label is an in-mold label according to [1] to [8] An in-mold molded body, wherein the printed layer is thermally fused to the wall surface of the resin molded body.
[10] The in-mold molded product according to [9], wherein the resin molded product includes a polyethylene resin.
[10]前記樹脂成形体が、ポリエチレン系樹脂を含んでなる[9]に記載のインモールド成形体。 [9] An in-mold molded body comprising a resin molded body and an in-mold label provided on the resin molded body, wherein the in-mold label is an in-mold label according to [1] to [8] An in-mold molded body, wherein the printed layer is thermally fused to the wall surface of the resin molded body.
[10] The in-mold molded product according to [9], wherein the resin molded product includes a polyethylene resin.
本発明によれば、樹脂成形体に貼着した状態において印刷層が保護され、且つ印刷内容の視認が可能であるとともに、十分な接着性を有するインモールドラベル、及びインモールド成形体を実現することができる。
ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, while a printing layer is protected in the state affixed on the resin molding, and the visual recognition of the printing content is possible, the in-mold label which has sufficient adhesiveness, and an in-mold molding are implement | achieved. be able to.
以下、本発明の各実施形態を、図面を参照して説明する。なお、以下の各実施形態は、本発明を説明するための例示であり、本発明はその実施の形態のみに限定されるものではない。また、以降においては特に断らない限り、上下左右等の位置関係は、図面に示す位置関係に基づくものとする。また、図面の寸法比率は、図示の比率に限定されるものではない。なお、本明細書において、例えば「1~100」との数値範囲の表記は、その下限値「1」及び上限値「100」の双方を包含するものとする。また、他の数値範囲の表記も同様である。
Hereinafter, each embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The following embodiments are examples for explaining the present invention, and the present invention is not limited only to the embodiments. In the following, unless otherwise specified, positional relationships such as up, down, left, and right are based on the positional relationships shown in the drawings. Further, the dimensional ratios in the drawings are not limited to the illustrated ratios. In the present specification, for example, the description of a numerical range of “1 to 100” includes both the lower limit value “1” and the upper limit value “100”. This also applies to other numerical range notations.
本実施形態に係るインモールド成形体について、図1,図2,図9を参照して説明する。なお、本実施形態では、インモールド成形体として、特に好ましいボトル状の中空形状を有する、ラベル付き容器1を例に挙げて説明する。図1に示すように、ラベル付き容器1は、樹脂成形体2と、樹脂成形体2の外表面に設けられたインモールドラベル3とを備えている。インモールドラベル3は、図2に示すように、印刷層11及び基材層21を備えた、インモールドラベル3aの層構成を有している。以降、このインモールドラベル3aの層構成を「2層タイプ」ともいう。または、インモールドラベル3は、図9に示すように、印刷層11と基材層21との間にインク受容層31をさらに備えることで、印刷層11、及び基材層21とインク受容層31とを有する積層構造体41を備えた、インモールドラベル3bの層構成を有している。このとき、印刷層11は、積層構造体41のインク受容層31側の面に設けられている。すなわち、インモールドラベル3bは、印刷層11、インク受容層31、基材層21を少なくともこの順に有している。以降、このインモールドラベル3bの層構成を「3層タイプ」ともいう。なお、インモールドラベル3a,3bを特に区別しない場合には、「インモールドラベル3」として符合を付して説明する場合がある。以下、ラベル付き容器1を構成する各部材について詳細に説明する。
The in-mold molded body according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. In this embodiment, the labeled container 1 having a particularly preferable bottle-like hollow shape will be described as an example of the in-mold molded body. As shown in FIG. 1, the labeled container 1 includes a resin molded body 2 and an in-mold label 3 provided on the outer surface of the resin molded body 2. As shown in FIG. 2, the in-mold label 3 has a layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 a including the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21. Hereinafter, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3a is also referred to as “two-layer type”. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 9, the in-mold label 3 further includes an ink receiving layer 31 between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21, so that the printing layer 11, the base material layer 21, and the ink receiving layer are provided. The layer structure of the in-mold label 3b is provided. At this time, the printing layer 11 is provided on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side. That is, the in-mold label 3b has at least the printing layer 11, the ink receiving layer 31, and the base material layer 21 in this order. Hereinafter, the layer structure of the in-mold label 3b is also referred to as “three-layer type”. In the case where the in- mold labels 3a and 3b are not particularly distinguished from each other, there may be a case where the reference is given as “in-mold label 3”. Hereinafter, each member which comprises the container 1 with a label is demonstrated in detail.
[1.インモールドラベル]
<印刷層>
印刷層11は、インモールドラベル3を構成する層である。インモールドラベル3aでは、印刷層11は、基材層21に設けられる。また、インモールドラベル3bでは、印刷層11は、積層構造体41のインク受容層31側の面に設けられる。印刷層11は、インモールド成形の際に、成形機(例えば金型)内において樹脂成形体2を構成する溶融樹脂と接触する。印刷層11は、溶融樹脂の熱により溶融することで、この溶融樹脂と融着し、さらに冷却後に硬化して、樹脂成形体2の壁面とインモールドラベル3との貼着に寄与する。すなわち、印刷層11は、このようにして、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることができる。印刷層11は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する層である。また、印刷層11は、通常、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を主成分としており、色材を含有するエチレン系共重合体よりなる樹脂フィルム層が好ましい。ここで、主成分とは、印刷層11中に色材とエチレン系共重合体の合計量が50質量%以上であることを意味する。 [1. In-mold label]
<Print layer>
Theprint layer 11 is a layer constituting the in-mold label 3. In the in-mold label 3a, the printing layer 11 is provided on the base material layer 21. In the in-mold label 3b, the printing layer 11 is provided on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side. The printing layer 11 contacts the molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in a molding machine (for example, a mold) during in-mold molding. The printing layer 11 is melted by the heat of the molten resin, so that the printed layer 11 is fused with the molten resin and further cured after cooling, thereby contributing to the adhesion between the wall surface of the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3. That is, the printed layer 11 can heat-bond the in-mold label 3 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2 in this way. The print layer 11 is a layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer. In addition, the printing layer 11 usually has a color material and an ethylene copolymer as main components, and a resin film layer made of an ethylene copolymer containing a color material is preferable. Here, the main component means that the total amount of the color material and the ethylene-based copolymer in the printing layer 11 is 50% by mass or more.
<印刷層>
印刷層11は、インモールドラベル3を構成する層である。インモールドラベル3aでは、印刷層11は、基材層21に設けられる。また、インモールドラベル3bでは、印刷層11は、積層構造体41のインク受容層31側の面に設けられる。印刷層11は、インモールド成形の際に、成形機(例えば金型)内において樹脂成形体2を構成する溶融樹脂と接触する。印刷層11は、溶融樹脂の熱により溶融することで、この溶融樹脂と融着し、さらに冷却後に硬化して、樹脂成形体2の壁面とインモールドラベル3との貼着に寄与する。すなわち、印刷層11は、このようにして、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることができる。印刷層11は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する層である。また、印刷層11は、通常、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を主成分としており、色材を含有するエチレン系共重合体よりなる樹脂フィルム層が好ましい。ここで、主成分とは、印刷層11中に色材とエチレン系共重合体の合計量が50質量%以上であることを意味する。 [1. In-mold label]
<Print layer>
The
インモールドラベル3aにおいて、印刷層11は、図2に示すように基材層21の一面の全体にわたって設けられていてもよく、図3に示すように基材層21に部分的又は断続的に設けられていてもよい。または、インモールドラベル3bにおいて、印刷層11は、図9に示すようにインク受容層31の一面の全体にわたって設けられていてもよく、図10に示すようにインク受容層31に部分的又は断続的に設けられていてもよい。すなわち、印刷層11は、均一層であってもよく均一層でなくてもよいが、印刷層11を介して、基材層21又はインク受容層31と、樹脂成形体2との接着性を高める観点からは、均一層であることが好ましい。印刷層11が基材層21又はインク受容層31に部分的又は断続的に設けられる態様としては、印刷層11が、文字又は図柄等を構成するように設けられている場合が挙げられる。又は、印刷層11が、ドット状、ストライプ状、チェック状等のパターンで設けられている場合が挙げられる。又は、印刷層11が、隣接する印刷層11同士の間で間隙を挟んで、位置、形状、及び大きさがランダムに配置されるように設けられていてもよい。
In the in-mold label 3a, the printing layer 11 may be provided over the entire surface of the base material layer 21 as shown in FIG. 2, and partially or intermittently on the base material layer 21 as shown in FIG. It may be provided. Alternatively, in the in-mold label 3b, the printing layer 11 may be provided over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31 as shown in FIG. 9, and partially or intermittently on the ink receiving layer 31 as shown in FIG. May be provided. That is, the printed layer 11 may or may not be a uniform layer, but the adhesive property between the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 and the resin molded body 2 can be increased via the printed layer 11. From the viewpoint of enhancing, a uniform layer is preferable. As an aspect in which the printing layer 11 is provided partially or intermittently on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31, there is a case where the printing layer 11 is provided so as to constitute a character or a pattern. Or the case where the printing layer 11 is provided in patterns, such as a dot shape, stripe shape, a check shape, is mentioned. Or the printing layer 11 may be provided so that a position, a shape, and a magnitude | size may be randomly arrange | positioned on both sides of the gap between adjacent printing layers 11.
印刷層11を形成するための印刷方式の例としては、オフセット印刷、凸版印刷、フレキソ印刷、グラビア印刷、スクリーン印刷、インクジェット印刷等が挙げられる。また、印刷層11に付着されるインクの種類は、印刷方式に応じて適宜選定すればよく、特に限定されない。基材層21及びインク受容層31へのインクの転移性及び密着性の観点から、トナー組成物として、液体静電インキ(代表的には、Hewlett-Packard社のエレクトロインキ)が好適に用いられる。本実施形態の印刷層11は、好ましくはエチレン系共重合体を含む熱可塑性樹脂のバインダー中に色材が配合された熱可塑性トナー粒子を含有する液体インキにより形成されたトナー印刷層である。より好ましくは、この熱可塑性トナー粒子が帯電性を有するものである。さらに好ましくは、電子写真方式によって熱可塑性トナー粒子を転写して印刷を行うものである。特に好ましくは、この熱可塑性トナー粒子を含有する液体エレクトロインキを用いて形成されたものである。この種のエレクトロインキを用いて印刷層11を形成する場合、小ロット対応、生産性等の観点から、印刷方式はオフセット印刷が好ましく、デジタルオフセット印刷がより好ましい。
Examples of printing methods for forming the printing layer 11 include offset printing, letterpress printing, flexographic printing, gravure printing, screen printing, and ink jet printing. In addition, the type of ink attached to the printing layer 11 may be appropriately selected according to the printing method, and is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of transferability and adhesion of ink to the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31, liquid electrostatic ink (typically, Hewlett-Packard electro ink) is preferably used as the toner composition. . The printing layer 11 of the present embodiment is preferably a toner printing layer formed of a liquid ink containing thermoplastic toner particles in which a coloring material is blended in a binder of a thermoplastic resin containing an ethylene copolymer. More preferably, the thermoplastic toner particles are charged. More preferably, printing is performed by transferring thermoplastic toner particles by electrophotography. Particularly preferably, it is formed using a liquid electro-ink containing the thermoplastic toner particles. When the printing layer 11 is formed using this type of electro ink, the printing method is preferably offset printing, more preferably digital offset printing, from the viewpoints of handling a small lot and productivity.
以下、オフセット印刷によって印刷層11を形成する場合について説明する。ここでは、トナー組成物として液体エレクトロインキを用いる場合の例について説明するが、これに限定されるものではなく、印刷層11は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する層であれば、他の印刷方式又はトナー組成物を用いて形成したものであってもよい。
Hereinafter, the case where the printing layer 11 is formed by offset printing will be described. Here, an example in the case of using liquid electro-ink as a toner composition will be described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the printing layer 11 is a layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer. It may be formed using another printing method or a toner composition.
(トナー組成物)
トナー組成物は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する。トナー組成物は、液体担体と、電荷制御化合物とをさらに含有することが好ましい。トナー組成物は、帯電性を有することがより好ましい。トナー組成物は、電荷制御化合物の電気的性質を安定させる分散安定剤をさらに含有してもよい。このような色材及びエチレン系共重合体を分散したトナー組成物を、基材層21又はインク受容層31上に付着(或いは、転移、転写等)させることによって、印刷層11を形成することができる。すなわち、印刷層11は、エチレン系共重合体によって構成されるポリマーフィルムであって、このポリマーフィルムに色材が含まれている。 (Toner composition)
The toner composition contains a color material and an ethylene copolymer. The toner composition preferably further contains a liquid carrier and a charge control compound. The toner composition is more preferably charged. The toner composition may further contain a dispersion stabilizer that stabilizes the electrical properties of the charge control compound. The printedlayer 11 is formed by adhering (or transferring, transferring, etc.) such a color material and an ethylene copolymer dispersed on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. Can do. That is, the printing layer 11 is a polymer film composed of an ethylene-based copolymer, and the polymer film contains a color material.
トナー組成物は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する。トナー組成物は、液体担体と、電荷制御化合物とをさらに含有することが好ましい。トナー組成物は、帯電性を有することがより好ましい。トナー組成物は、電荷制御化合物の電気的性質を安定させる分散安定剤をさらに含有してもよい。このような色材及びエチレン系共重合体を分散したトナー組成物を、基材層21又はインク受容層31上に付着(或いは、転移、転写等)させることによって、印刷層11を形成することができる。すなわち、印刷層11は、エチレン系共重合体によって構成されるポリマーフィルムであって、このポリマーフィルムに色材が含まれている。 (Toner composition)
The toner composition contains a color material and an ethylene copolymer. The toner composition preferably further contains a liquid carrier and a charge control compound. The toner composition is more preferably charged. The toner composition may further contain a dispersion stabilizer that stabilizes the electrical properties of the charge control compound. The printed
(液体担体)
液体担体は、トナー組成物において、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を溶解、分散、又は乳化させるものである。液体担体としては、特に限定されないが、低誘電率の無極性液体が好ましく用いられる。無極性液体は、少なくとも109Ω・cm以上の電気抵抗率と、3.0未満の誘電定数を持つことが好ましい。無極性液体としては、脂肪族炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、軽質鉱油等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。脂肪族炭化水素の中でも、分枝鎖脂肪族炭化水素が好ましく、例えばIsopar(登録商標)系列のイソパラフィン炭化水素(エクソンモービル社製)が好適に用いられる。液体担体の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは10~99質量%、より好ましくは30~90質量%、さらに好ましくは50~80質量%である。 (Liquid carrier)
The liquid carrier dissolves, disperses or emulsifies the color material and the ethylene copolymer in the toner composition. The liquid carrier is not particularly limited, but a nonpolar liquid having a low dielectric constant is preferably used. The nonpolar liquid preferably has an electrical resistivity of at least 10 9 Ω · cm or more and a dielectric constant of less than 3.0. Nonpolar liquids include aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, light mineral oils, and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto. Among the aliphatic hydrocarbons, branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable, and for example, Isopar (registered trademark) series isoparaffin hydrocarbons (manufactured by ExxonMobil) are preferably used. The content of the liquid carrier is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 90% by mass, and further preferably 50 to 80% by mass with respect to the total amount of the toner composition.
液体担体は、トナー組成物において、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を溶解、分散、又は乳化させるものである。液体担体としては、特に限定されないが、低誘電率の無極性液体が好ましく用いられる。無極性液体は、少なくとも109Ω・cm以上の電気抵抗率と、3.0未満の誘電定数を持つことが好ましい。無極性液体としては、脂肪族炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、軽質鉱油等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。脂肪族炭化水素の中でも、分枝鎖脂肪族炭化水素が好ましく、例えばIsopar(登録商標)系列のイソパラフィン炭化水素(エクソンモービル社製)が好適に用いられる。液体担体の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは10~99質量%、より好ましくは30~90質量%、さらに好ましくは50~80質量%である。 (Liquid carrier)
The liquid carrier dissolves, disperses or emulsifies the color material and the ethylene copolymer in the toner composition. The liquid carrier is not particularly limited, but a nonpolar liquid having a low dielectric constant is preferably used. The nonpolar liquid preferably has an electrical resistivity of at least 10 9 Ω · cm or more and a dielectric constant of less than 3.0. Nonpolar liquids include aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, light mineral oils, and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto. Among the aliphatic hydrocarbons, branched chain aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable, and for example, Isopar (registered trademark) series isoparaffin hydrocarbons (manufactured by ExxonMobil) are preferably used. The content of the liquid carrier is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 90% by mass, and further preferably 50 to 80% by mass with respect to the total amount of the toner composition.
(エチレン系共重合体)
印刷層11に含有されるエチレン系共重合体としては、エチレンと、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル等のビニルエステル;(メタ)アクリル酸;(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-ヘプテン、1-オクテン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン等の炭素数3~10のα-オレフィン;テレフタル酸;ブチルテレフタレート等のアルキルテレフタレートから選ばれる1種又は2種以上のコモノマーとの共重合体が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリル酸とは、アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の双方が含まれる。これらの中でも、基材層2又はインク受容層31、及び樹脂成形体2との接着性の観点から、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体が好ましく、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体がより好ましい。エチレン系共重合体中のエチレン単位の含有量は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは40~95質量%、より好ましくは50~90質量%、さらに好ましくは60~85質量%である。エチレン系共重合体の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは5~80質量%、より好ましくは10~60質量%、さらに好ましくは15~40質量%である。 (Ethylene copolymer)
Examples of the ethylene copolymer contained in theprinting layer 11 include ethylene and vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate; (meth) acrylic acid; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, ( (Meth) acrylic acid esters such as meth) butyl acrylate; 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene and 4-methyl-1-pentene Α-olefin; terephthalic acid; copolymers with one or more comonomers selected from alkyl terephthalates such as butyl terephthalate, but are not particularly limited thereto. In this specification, (meth) acrylic acid includes both acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Among these, from the viewpoint of adhesion to the base material layer 2 or the ink receiving layer 31 and the resin molding 2, an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer and an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer are preferable, and an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer is preferable. A polymer is more preferred. The content of ethylene units in the ethylene copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 40 to 95% by mass, more preferably 50 to 90% by mass, and still more preferably 60 to 85% by mass. The content of the ethylene copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and still more preferably 15 to 40% by mass with respect to the total amount of the toner composition. is there.
印刷層11に含有されるエチレン系共重合体としては、エチレンと、酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル等のビニルエステル;(メタ)アクリル酸;(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-ヘプテン、1-オクテン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン等の炭素数3~10のα-オレフィン;テレフタル酸;ブチルテレフタレート等のアルキルテレフタレートから選ばれる1種又は2種以上のコモノマーとの共重合体が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリル酸とは、アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の双方が含まれる。これらの中でも、基材層2又はインク受容層31、及び樹脂成形体2との接着性の観点から、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体が好ましく、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体がより好ましい。エチレン系共重合体中のエチレン単位の含有量は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは40~95質量%、より好ましくは50~90質量%、さらに好ましくは60~85質量%である。エチレン系共重合体の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは5~80質量%、より好ましくは10~60質量%、さらに好ましくは15~40質量%である。 (Ethylene copolymer)
Examples of the ethylene copolymer contained in the
ここで、印刷層11は、融点135℃以下のエチレン系共重合体を含有することが好ましい。この場合、トナー組成物を用いてポリマーフィルム画像を転写等する際に、基材層21又はインク受容層31上に印刷層11を形成することが容易となる。また、印刷層11と樹脂成形体2との接着性を向上させることもできる。上記観点から、印刷層11に含有されるエチレン系共重合体の融点は、上限が、好ましくは135℃、より好ましくは130℃、さらに好ましくは125℃、特に好ましくは120℃であり、下限が、好ましくは65℃、より好ましくは75℃、さらに好ましくは85℃、特に好ましくは90℃である。また、印刷層11に含有されるエチレン系共重合体の融点は、好ましくは65℃~135℃、より好ましくは75℃~130℃、さらに好ましくは85℃~125℃、特に好ましくは90℃~120℃である。印刷層11を構成するエチレン系共重合体の融点が、上記範囲の下限を上回ることにより、常温でべた付きを抑えて、ブロッキングを防ぐことができる。また、印刷層11を構成するエチレン系共重合体の融点が、上記範囲の上限を下回ることにより、印刷層11と基材層21又はインク受容層31との接着性、及び印刷層11と樹脂成形体2との接着性が向上する傾向にある。なお、本明細書において、樹脂の融点は、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により得られる吸熱ピークの温度から求められる値を意味する。また、印刷層11を構成するエチレン系共重合体の融点は、樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂の融点より5℃以上低いことが好ましく、10℃以上低いことがより好ましい。これにより、印刷層11と樹脂成形体2との接着性が向上する傾向にある。
Here, the print layer 11 preferably contains an ethylene copolymer having a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower. In this case, when the polymer film image is transferred using the toner composition, it is easy to form the printing layer 11 on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. Moreover, the adhesiveness of the printing layer 11 and the resin molding 2 can also be improved. From the above viewpoint, the upper limit of the melting point of the ethylene copolymer contained in the printing layer 11 is preferably 135 ° C, more preferably 130 ° C, still more preferably 125 ° C, particularly preferably 120 ° C, and the lower limit is The temperature is preferably 65 ° C, more preferably 75 ° C, still more preferably 85 ° C, and particularly preferably 90 ° C. The melting point of the ethylene-based copolymer contained in the printing layer 11 is preferably 65 ° C. to 135 ° C., more preferably 75 ° C. to 130 ° C., further preferably 85 ° C. to 125 ° C., particularly preferably 90 ° C. to 120 ° C. When the melting point of the ethylene copolymer constituting the print layer 11 exceeds the lower limit of the above range, stickiness can be suppressed at normal temperature and blocking can be prevented. Further, the melting point of the ethylene copolymer constituting the printing layer 11 is lower than the upper limit of the above range, so that the adhesion between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 and the printing layer 11 and the resin are increased. There exists a tendency for adhesiveness with the molded object 2 to improve. In the present specification, the melting point of the resin means a value obtained from the temperature of the endothermic peak obtained by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC). Further, the melting point of the ethylene copolymer constituting the printing layer 11 is preferably 5 ° C. or more, more preferably 10 ° C. or more lower than the melting point of the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molding 2. Thereby, there exists a tendency for the adhesiveness of the printing layer 11 and the resin molding 2 to improve.
(色材)
色材としては、印刷用のインクに使用される公知の染料又は顔料を用いることができる。また、顔料は、有機顔料、無機顔料のいずれであってもよい。染料としては、アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、インジゴ染料、シアニン染料、キノリン染料、ベンゾキノン染料、ナフトキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。有機顔料としては、クインドマゼンタ等のキナクリドン系顔料、トルイジンレッド等のアゾ系顔料、モナストラールブルー、モナストラールグリーン等のフタロシアニン系顔料等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。無機顔料としては、カーボンブラック、Fe、Co、Ni、Ti等の金属の酸化物、Zn、Cd、Ba、Mg等の金属のフェライト、合金等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。これらの中でも、顔料が好ましく、有機顔料、無機顔料がより好ましい。色材の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、染料及び有機顔料では、好ましくは0.1~35質量%、より好ましくは1~30質量%、さらに好ましくは5~25質量%である。無機顔料では、好ましくは0.1~80質量%、より好ましくは10~70質量%、さらに好ましくは30~50質量%である。 (Coloring material)
As the color material, a known dye or pigment used for printing ink can be used. The pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. Examples of the dye include, but are not particularly limited to, azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigo dyes, cyanine dyes, quinoline dyes, benzoquinone dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes. Examples of the organic pigment include, but are not limited to, quinacridone pigments such as quindagenta, azo pigments such as toluidine red, phthalocyanine pigments such as monastral blue, monastral green, and the like. Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, metal oxides such as Fe, Co, Ni, and Ti, ferrites and alloys of metals such as Zn, Cd, Ba, and Mg, but are not particularly limited thereto. Among these, a pigment is preferable, and an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment are more preferable. The content of the color material is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 5% for the dye and the organic pigment with respect to the total amount of the toner composition. To 25% by mass. In the case of inorganic pigments, the content is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
色材としては、印刷用のインクに使用される公知の染料又は顔料を用いることができる。また、顔料は、有機顔料、無機顔料のいずれであってもよい。染料としては、アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、インジゴ染料、シアニン染料、キノリン染料、ベンゾキノン染料、ナフトキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。有機顔料としては、クインドマゼンタ等のキナクリドン系顔料、トルイジンレッド等のアゾ系顔料、モナストラールブルー、モナストラールグリーン等のフタロシアニン系顔料等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。無機顔料としては、カーボンブラック、Fe、Co、Ni、Ti等の金属の酸化物、Zn、Cd、Ba、Mg等の金属のフェライト、合金等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。これらの中でも、顔料が好ましく、有機顔料、無機顔料がより好ましい。色材の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、染料及び有機顔料では、好ましくは0.1~35質量%、より好ましくは1~30質量%、さらに好ましくは5~25質量%である。無機顔料では、好ましくは0.1~80質量%、より好ましくは10~70質量%、さらに好ましくは30~50質量%である。 (Coloring material)
As the color material, a known dye or pigment used for printing ink can be used. The pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. Examples of the dye include, but are not particularly limited to, azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, indigo dyes, cyanine dyes, quinoline dyes, benzoquinone dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes. Examples of the organic pigment include, but are not limited to, quinacridone pigments such as quindagenta, azo pigments such as toluidine red, phthalocyanine pigments such as monastral blue, monastral green, and the like. Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, metal oxides such as Fe, Co, Ni, and Ti, ferrites and alloys of metals such as Zn, Cd, Ba, and Mg, but are not particularly limited thereto. Among these, a pigment is preferable, and an organic pigment and an inorganic pigment are more preferable. The content of the color material is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 5% for the dye and the organic pigment with respect to the total amount of the toner composition. To 25% by mass. In the case of inorganic pigments, the content is preferably 0.1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 10 to 70% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
(電荷制御化合物)
電荷制御化合物は、熱可塑性トナー粒子の帯電極性や帯電量を制御するために用いられる。電荷制御化合物としては、アニオン性、カチオン性、両性又は非イオン性の界面活性化合物が用いられる。これらの電荷制御化合物は、一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。電荷制御化合物として、より具体的には、石油酸バリウム等の金属石鹸、レシチン等のリン脂質、有機酸の金属塩化合物、有機リン酸化合物、有機スルホン酸化合物、第四級アンモニウム塩化合物等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。帯電制御化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%~5質量%、より好ましくは0.5質量%~4質量%、さらに好ましくは1質量%~3質量%である。 (Charge control compound)
The charge control compound is used to control the charge polarity and charge amount of the thermoplastic toner particles. As the charge control compound, an anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant compound is used. One of these charge control compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. More specifically, as the charge control compound, metal soap such as barium petroleum acid, phospholipid such as lecithin, metal salt compound of organic acid, organic phosphate compound, organic sulfonic acid compound, quaternary ammonium salt compound, etc. Although it is mentioned, it is not specifically limited to these. The content of the charge control compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 4% by mass, and still more preferably based on the total amount of the toner composition. 1% by mass to 3% by mass.
電荷制御化合物は、熱可塑性トナー粒子の帯電極性や帯電量を制御するために用いられる。電荷制御化合物としては、アニオン性、カチオン性、両性又は非イオン性の界面活性化合物が用いられる。これらの電荷制御化合物は、一種を単独で用いてもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。電荷制御化合物として、より具体的には、石油酸バリウム等の金属石鹸、レシチン等のリン脂質、有機酸の金属塩化合物、有機リン酸化合物、有機スルホン酸化合物、第四級アンモニウム塩化合物等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。帯電制御化合物の含有量は、特に限定されないが、トナー組成物の総量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%~5質量%、より好ましくは0.5質量%~4質量%、さらに好ましくは1質量%~3質量%である。 (Charge control compound)
The charge control compound is used to control the charge polarity and charge amount of the thermoplastic toner particles. As the charge control compound, an anionic, cationic, amphoteric or nonionic surfactant compound is used. One of these charge control compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. More specifically, as the charge control compound, metal soap such as barium petroleum acid, phospholipid such as lecithin, metal salt compound of organic acid, organic phosphate compound, organic sulfonic acid compound, quaternary ammonium salt compound, etc. Although it is mentioned, it is not specifically limited to these. The content of the charge control compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 4% by mass, and still more preferably based on the total amount of the toner composition. 1% by mass to 3% by mass.
(分散安定剤)
分散安定剤は、電荷制御化合物の安定化を助長するために用いられる。分散剤としては、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールが挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。 (Dispersion stabilizer)
A dispersion stabilizer is used to help stabilize the charge control compound. Examples of the dispersant include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polyethylene glycol.
分散安定剤は、電荷制御化合物の安定化を助長するために用いられる。分散剤としては、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコールが挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。 (Dispersion stabilizer)
A dispersion stabilizer is used to help stabilize the charge control compound. Examples of the dispersant include, but are not limited to, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol, and polyethylene glycol.
(トナー組成物の調製)
トナー組成物は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を加熱しながら混合して熱可塑性トナー粒子を液性担体中で形成し、さらに必要に応じて電荷制御化合物を添加することにより調製することができる。なお、トナー組成物の調製の際に色材とともにワックスを混合してもよいが、本実施形態の印刷層11、及び基材層21又はインク受容層31では、ワックスを含まなくても、樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このため、トナー組成物及び印刷層11は、ワックスを含まないワックスレスであることが好ましい。 (Preparation of toner composition)
The toner composition can be prepared by mixing the colorant and the ethylene copolymer with heating to form thermoplastic toner particles in a liquid carrier, and further adding a charge control compound as necessary. it can. Note that wax may be mixed with the colorant when preparing the toner composition, but theprinting layer 11, the base material layer 21, or the ink receiving layer 31 of the present embodiment may be made of resin without containing wax. Sufficient adhesion with the molded body 2 is obtained. For this reason, it is preferable that the toner composition and the printing layer 11 are waxless without a wax.
トナー組成物は、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を加熱しながら混合して熱可塑性トナー粒子を液性担体中で形成し、さらに必要に応じて電荷制御化合物を添加することにより調製することができる。なお、トナー組成物の調製の際に色材とともにワックスを混合してもよいが、本実施形態の印刷層11、及び基材層21又はインク受容層31では、ワックスを含まなくても、樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このため、トナー組成物及び印刷層11は、ワックスを含まないワックスレスであることが好ましい。 (Preparation of toner composition)
The toner composition can be prepared by mixing the colorant and the ethylene copolymer with heating to form thermoplastic toner particles in a liquid carrier, and further adding a charge control compound as necessary. it can. Note that wax may be mixed with the colorant when preparing the toner composition, but the
(印刷層の形成)
印刷層11の形成は、液体エレクトロインキを用いたオフセット印刷を行うことにより行うことができる。まず、シリンダー状の画像形成プレートをコロナ放電により帯電させて、続いてこの画像形成プレートを露光することで静電画像を形成する。次に、静電画像が形成された画像プレートにトナー組成物を供給することで、静電画像を現像する。さらに、トナー組成物によって形成された静電トナー像を、画像形成プレートからシリンダー状のブランケットに転写する。ブランケットに転写されたトナー組成物を、ブランケットにより加熱して、トナー組成物に含まれる熱可塑性トナー粒子を融合又は凝集させる。融合又は凝集が進むにつれて、熱可塑性トナー粒子がポリマーフィルムを形成し、このポリマーフィルムに色材が含まれたポリマーフィルム画像がブランケット上に生じる。このようにして形成されたポリマーフィルム画像を、ブランケットから基材層21又はインク受容層31に転写して、さらに冷却して硬化することで、印刷層11が形成される。 (Formation of printing layer)
Theprinting layer 11 can be formed by performing offset printing using liquid electro ink. First, a cylindrical image forming plate is charged by corona discharge, and then this image forming plate is exposed to form an electrostatic image. Next, the electrostatic image is developed by supplying a toner composition to the image plate on which the electrostatic image is formed. Further, the electrostatic toner image formed by the toner composition is transferred from the image forming plate to a cylindrical blanket. The toner composition transferred to the blanket is heated by the blanket to fuse or aggregate the thermoplastic toner particles contained in the toner composition. As the fusing or agglomeration proceeds, the thermoplastic toner particles form a polymer film, and a polymer film image containing a colorant in the polymer film is formed on the blanket. The polymer film image formed in this manner is transferred from the blanket to the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31, and further cooled and cured, whereby the printed layer 11 is formed.
印刷層11の形成は、液体エレクトロインキを用いたオフセット印刷を行うことにより行うことができる。まず、シリンダー状の画像形成プレートをコロナ放電により帯電させて、続いてこの画像形成プレートを露光することで静電画像を形成する。次に、静電画像が形成された画像プレートにトナー組成物を供給することで、静電画像を現像する。さらに、トナー組成物によって形成された静電トナー像を、画像形成プレートからシリンダー状のブランケットに転写する。ブランケットに転写されたトナー組成物を、ブランケットにより加熱して、トナー組成物に含まれる熱可塑性トナー粒子を融合又は凝集させる。融合又は凝集が進むにつれて、熱可塑性トナー粒子がポリマーフィルムを形成し、このポリマーフィルムに色材が含まれたポリマーフィルム画像がブランケット上に生じる。このようにして形成されたポリマーフィルム画像を、ブランケットから基材層21又はインク受容層31に転写して、さらに冷却して硬化することで、印刷層11が形成される。 (Formation of printing layer)
The
(インク濃度)
インク濃度は、基材層21又はインク受容層31の面積に対する印刷層11の面積の割合を示すものである。基材層21又はインク受容層31上に上述した手法により印刷層11を形成する場合、印刷層11は、基材層21又はインク受容層31上に形成された点状のインクの集合(網点)として構成される。このため、インク濃度は、基材層21又はインク受容層31上の網点部分が占める面積の割合を示す、網点面積率によって表すことができる。インモールドラベル3において、印刷層11の占める網点面積率は、下限が、好ましくは5%、より好ましくは10%、さらに好ましくは15%、特に好ましくは20%、最も好ましくは30%であり、一方、上限が100%、好ましくは90%、より好ましくは85%さらに好ましくは80%、特に好ましくは70%である。特に、インモールドラベル3aにおいて、印刷層11の占める網点面積率は、好ましくは20~100%、より好ましくは30~90%、さらに好ましくは40~85%、特に好ましくは50~80%である。また、インモールドラベル3bにおいて、印刷層11の占める網点面積率は、好ましくは5~100%、より好ましくは10~90%、さらに好ましくは15~80%、特に好ましくは20~70%である。インモールドラベル3のインク濃度が上記範囲内であることにより、印刷層11を形成したインモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が発揮され易くなる傾向にある。なお、本明細書において、網点面積率は、例えばCCDカメラを使用してインモールラベル3の印刷層11側の画像を撮影し、印刷された網点部分の面積の割合を画像処理によって求めることで算出される値を意味する。 (Ink density)
The ink concentration indicates the ratio of the area of theprinting layer 11 to the area of the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. When the printing layer 11 is formed on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 by the above-described method, the printing layer 11 is a collection of dot-like inks (network) formed on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. Point). For this reason, the ink density can be represented by a halftone dot area ratio indicating a ratio of an area occupied by a halftone dot portion on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. In the in-mold label 3, the lower limit of the halftone dot area ratio occupied by the printing layer 11 is preferably 5%, more preferably 10%, still more preferably 15%, particularly preferably 20%, and most preferably 30%. On the other hand, the upper limit is 100%, preferably 90%, more preferably 85%, still more preferably 80%, and particularly preferably 70%. In particular, in the in-mold label 3a, the dot area ratio occupied by the printing layer 11 is preferably 20 to 100%, more preferably 30 to 90%, still more preferably 40 to 85%, and particularly preferably 50 to 80%. is there. In the in-mold label 3b, the dot area ratio occupied by the printing layer 11 is preferably 5 to 100%, more preferably 10 to 90%, still more preferably 15 to 80%, and particularly preferably 20 to 70%. is there. When the ink concentration of the in-mold label 3 is within the above range, sufficient adhesion between the in-mold label 3 on which the printed layer 11 is formed and the resin molded body 2 tends to be easily exhibited. In this specification, the halftone dot area ratio is obtained by, for example, taking an image on the printed layer 11 side of the in-mould label 3 using a CCD camera, and obtaining the ratio of the area of the printed halftone dots by image processing. This means the value calculated.
インク濃度は、基材層21又はインク受容層31の面積に対する印刷層11の面積の割合を示すものである。基材層21又はインク受容層31上に上述した手法により印刷層11を形成する場合、印刷層11は、基材層21又はインク受容層31上に形成された点状のインクの集合(網点)として構成される。このため、インク濃度は、基材層21又はインク受容層31上の網点部分が占める面積の割合を示す、網点面積率によって表すことができる。インモールドラベル3において、印刷層11の占める網点面積率は、下限が、好ましくは5%、より好ましくは10%、さらに好ましくは15%、特に好ましくは20%、最も好ましくは30%であり、一方、上限が100%、好ましくは90%、より好ましくは85%さらに好ましくは80%、特に好ましくは70%である。特に、インモールドラベル3aにおいて、印刷層11の占める網点面積率は、好ましくは20~100%、より好ましくは30~90%、さらに好ましくは40~85%、特に好ましくは50~80%である。また、インモールドラベル3bにおいて、印刷層11の占める網点面積率は、好ましくは5~100%、より好ましくは10~90%、さらに好ましくは15~80%、特に好ましくは20~70%である。インモールドラベル3のインク濃度が上記範囲内であることにより、印刷層11を形成したインモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が発揮され易くなる傾向にある。なお、本明細書において、網点面積率は、例えばCCDカメラを使用してインモールラベル3の印刷層11側の画像を撮影し、印刷された網点部分の面積の割合を画像処理によって求めることで算出される値を意味する。 (Ink density)
The ink concentration indicates the ratio of the area of the
(印刷層の厚さ)
印刷層11の厚さは、印刷方式及びトナー組成物に応じて適宜変更され、特に制限されないが、好ましくは0.5~10μm、より好ましくは0.8~5μm、さらに好ましくは1.0~3μmである。印刷層11が上記範囲内であることにより、インク濃度が十分に保たれて視認性を高めることができ、また十分な接着性を維持できる傾向にある。 (Print layer thickness)
The thickness of theprinting layer 11 is appropriately changed according to the printing method and the toner composition, and is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.8 to 5 μm, and still more preferably 1.0 to 3 μm. When the printing layer 11 is within the above range, the ink concentration is sufficiently maintained, visibility can be improved, and sufficient adhesiveness tends to be maintained.
印刷層11の厚さは、印刷方式及びトナー組成物に応じて適宜変更され、特に制限されないが、好ましくは0.5~10μm、より好ましくは0.8~5μm、さらに好ましくは1.0~3μmである。印刷層11が上記範囲内であることにより、インク濃度が十分に保たれて視認性を高めることができ、また十分な接着性を維持できる傾向にある。 (Print layer thickness)
The thickness of the
<基材層>
基材層21は、インモールドラベル3aを構成する層である。基材層21は、印刷層11を支持して、印刷又は加工の際にハンドリングができる程度の剛性(コシ)をインモールドラベル3aに与える層である。また、基材層21は、印刷層11の印刷を受容して、印刷層11を設けるための印刷用ベースフィルムとして機能する。さらに、印刷層11が樹脂成形体2に熱融着した状態で、基材層21はラベル付き容器1の外表面に存在し、印刷層11の保護層としても機能する。 <Base material layer>
Thebase material layer 21 is a layer constituting the in-mold label 3a. The base material layer 21 is a layer that supports the printing layer 11 and gives the in-mold label 3 a rigidity (stiffness) that can be handled during printing or processing. Further, the base material layer 21 functions as a printing base film for receiving the printing of the printing layer 11 and providing the printing layer 11. Furthermore, the base material layer 21 exists on the outer surface of the labeled container 1 in a state where the printed layer 11 is thermally fused to the resin molded body 2, and also functions as a protective layer for the printed layer 11.
基材層21は、インモールドラベル3aを構成する層である。基材層21は、印刷層11を支持して、印刷又は加工の際にハンドリングができる程度の剛性(コシ)をインモールドラベル3aに与える層である。また、基材層21は、印刷層11の印刷を受容して、印刷層11を設けるための印刷用ベースフィルムとして機能する。さらに、印刷層11が樹脂成形体2に熱融着した状態で、基材層21はラベル付き容器1の外表面に存在し、印刷層11の保護層としても機能する。 <Base material layer>
The
インク受容層31をさらに備えるインモールドラベル3bの場合には、基材層21は、インク受容層31とともに積層構造体41を構成する層である。この場合、インモールドラベル3bにおいて、基材層21は、インク受容層31を挟んで印刷層11とは反対側の面に設けられている。基材層21は、印刷層11及びインク受容層31を支持して、印刷又は加工の際にハンドリングができる程度の剛性(コシ)をインモールドラベル3bに与える層である。また、印刷層11が樹脂成形体2に熱融着した状態で、基材層21はラベル付き容器1の外表面に存在し、印刷層11及びインク受容層31の保護層としても機能する。
In the case of the in-mold label 3 b further including the ink receiving layer 31, the base material layer 21 is a layer constituting the laminated structure 41 together with the ink receiving layer 31. In this case, in the in-mold label 3b, the base material layer 21 is provided on the surface opposite to the printing layer 11 with the ink receiving layer 31 interposed therebetween. The base material layer 21 is a layer that supports the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31 and gives the in-mold label 3b rigidity (stiffness) that can be handled during printing or processing. In addition, the base material layer 21 exists on the outer surface of the labeled container 1 in a state where the printing layer 11 is thermally fused to the resin molded body 2, and also functions as a protective layer for the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31.
通常、印刷層11の厚さは基材層21と比べて十分に薄いことから、インモールド成形において溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11が溶融する際に、基材層21にも溶融樹脂の熱が伝わり、基材層21も部分的に溶融することで、基材層21は樹脂成形体2との接着に寄与し得る。図3に示すように、印刷層11が基材層21の全面に設けられていない場合、すなわち基材層21の一部のみに設けられている場合には、インモールド成形の際に、金型内で樹脂成形体2を構成する溶融樹脂と、印刷層11に覆われていない部分の基材層21とが接触する。このとき、図4に示すように、溶融樹脂の熱により溶融した基材層21は、部分的又は断続的に設けられた印刷層11の間の間隙を埋めるようにして溶融樹脂と融着し、冷却後に硬化して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3aとの接着に寄与する。また、図10に示すように、印刷層11がインク受容層31の全面に設けられていない場合、すなわちインク受容層31の一部のみに設けられている場合には、インモールド成形の際に、金型内で樹脂成形体2を構成する溶融樹脂と、印刷層11に覆われていない部分のインク受容層31とが接触する。このとき、図11に示すように、溶融樹脂の熱により溶融したインク受容層31は、部分的又は断続的に設けられた印刷層11の間の間隙を埋めるようにして溶融樹脂と融着し、冷却後に硬化して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3bとの接着に寄与する。
Usually, since the thickness of the printing layer 11 is sufficiently thinner than the base material layer 21, when the printing layer 11 is melted by the heat of the molten resin in in-mold molding, the base material layer 21 is also heated by the molten resin. Is transmitted, and the base material layer 21 is also partially melted, so that the base material layer 21 can contribute to adhesion to the resin molded body 2. As shown in FIG. 3, when the printing layer 11 is not provided on the entire surface of the base material layer 21, that is, provided only on a part of the base material layer 21, The molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in the mold comes into contact with the portion of the base material layer 21 that is not covered with the printing layer 11. At this time, as shown in FIG. 4, the base material layer 21 melted by the heat of the molten resin is fused with the molten resin so as to fill the gaps between the printing layers 11 provided partially or intermittently. Curing after cooling contributes to the adhesion between the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3a. As shown in FIG. 10, when the printing layer 11 is not provided on the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31, that is, when it is provided only on a part of the ink receiving layer 31, the in-mold molding is performed. The molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in the mold comes into contact with the portion of the ink receiving layer 31 that is not covered with the printing layer 11. At this time, as shown in FIG. 11, the ink receiving layer 31 melted by the heat of the molten resin is fused with the molten resin so as to fill a gap between the partially or intermittently provided printing layers 11. It hardens after cooling and contributes to the adhesion between the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3b.
基材層21は、公知の材料を用いることができ、その種類は特に限定されない。基材層21は、熱可塑性樹脂を含有する層である。基材層21は、通常、熱可塑性樹脂を主成分とする樹脂フィルム層である。また、特にインク受容層が設けられない場合は、熱可塑性樹脂は、ポリオレフィン系樹脂を含むことが好ましく、ポリオレフィン系樹脂を主成分とすることがさらに好ましい。ここで、主成分とは、基材層21の総量に対して、基材層21中に50質量%以上含まれる成分を意味する。また、基材層21は、通常、熱可塑性樹脂フィルムからなるものである。
A known material can be used for the base material layer 21, and the kind thereof is not particularly limited. The base material layer 21 is a layer containing a thermoplastic resin. The base material layer 21 is usually a resin film layer mainly composed of a thermoplastic resin. In particular, when the ink receiving layer is not provided, the thermoplastic resin preferably contains a polyolefin resin, and more preferably contains a polyolefin resin as a main component. Here, the main component means a component contained in the base material layer 21 by 50 mass% or more with respect to the total amount of the base material layer 21. The base material layer 21 is usually made of a thermoplastic resin film.
(熱可塑性樹脂)
基材層21に含有される熱可塑性樹脂は、フィルム状に成形することができる材料であれば、その種類は特に制限されない。基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、官能基含有ポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。 (Thermoplastic resin)
The thermoplastic resin contained in thebase material layer 21 is not particularly limited as long as it is a material that can be formed into a film shape. Examples of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 include polyolefin resins, functional group-containing polyolefin resins, polystyrene resins, polyester resins, polycarbonate resins, and polyamide resins, but are not particularly limited thereto. .
基材層21に含有される熱可塑性樹脂は、フィルム状に成形することができる材料であれば、その種類は特に制限されない。基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、官能基含有ポリオレフィン樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。 (Thermoplastic resin)
The thermoplastic resin contained in the
基材層21に含有されるポリオレフィン系樹脂としては、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)、中密度ポリエチレン(MDPE)、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン(L-LDPE)、超低密度ポリエチレン(VLDPE)、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体の金属塩、マレイン酸変性ポリエチレン等のポリエチレン系樹脂;アイソタクティック又はシンジオタクティックな立体規則性を示すプロピレンの単独重合体、プロピレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、マレイン酸変性ポリプロピレン等のポリプロピレン系樹脂;ポリメチル-1-ペンテン;エチレン・環状オレフィン共重合体;等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。上記のエチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体又はプロピレン・α-オレフィン共重合体において、α-オレフィン共重合体の例としては、プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-ヘプテン、1-オクテン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン等の炭素数3~10のα-オレフィンが挙げられる。また、これらの共重合体は、ランダム共重合体及びブロック共重合体のいずれであってもよい。上記のエチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル共重合体において、アルキル基の炭素数は1~8が好ましい。上記のエチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体の金属塩において、金属の例として、Zn、Al、Li、K、Na等が挙げられる。
Examples of the polyolefin-based resin contained in the base material layer 21 include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (L-LDPE), and ultra-low density. Polyethylene (VLDPE), ethylene / α-olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester copolymer, ethylene / (meta ) Metal salts of acrylic acid copolymers, polyethylene resins such as maleic acid-modified polyethylene; homopolymers of propylene showing isotactic or syndiotactic stereoregularity, propylene / α-olefin copolymers, maleic acid Polypropylene resin such as modified polypropylene; polymethyl-1 -Pentene; ethylene / cyclic olefin copolymer; and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto. In the above ethylene / α-olefin copolymer or propylene / α-olefin copolymer, examples of the α-olefin copolymer include propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, Examples thereof include α-olefins having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1-octene and 4-methyl-1-pentene. In addition, these copolymers may be either random copolymers or block copolymers. In the ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester copolymer, the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the metal in the metal salt of the ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer include Zn, Al, Li, K, and Na.
また、基材層21に含有されるポリスチレン系樹脂としては、アタクティックポリスチレン、シンジオタクティックポリスチレン、スチレン・マレイン酸共重合体等が挙げられる。基材層21に含有されるポリエステル系樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンテレフタレートイソフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンサクシネート、ポリブチレンアジペート、ポリ乳酸等が挙げられる。基材層21に含有されるポリカーボネート樹脂としては、芳香族ポリカーボネート、脂肪族ポリカーボネート等が挙げられる。基材層21に含有されるポリアミド系樹脂としては、ナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6、ナイロン-6,10、ナイロン-6,12等が挙げられる。これらの熱可塑性樹脂は、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
これらの中でも、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂は、機械的強度、物理的特性、化学的特性、生産性等の観点から、ポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the polystyrene resin contained in thebase material layer 21 include atactic polystyrene, syndiotactic polystyrene, and a styrene / maleic acid copolymer. Examples of the polyester resin contained in the base material layer 21 include polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate isophthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polybutylene succinate, polybutylene adipate, and polylactic acid. Examples of the polycarbonate resin contained in the base material layer 21 include aromatic polycarbonate and aliphatic polycarbonate. Examples of the polyamide resin contained in the base material layer 21 include nylon-6, nylon-6,6, nylon-6,10, nylon-6,12, and the like. These thermoplastic resins can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
Among these, the thermoplastic resin contained in thebase material layer 21 is preferably a polyolefin resin from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, productivity, and the like.
これらの中でも、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂は、機械的強度、物理的特性、化学的特性、生産性等の観点から、ポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the polystyrene resin contained in the
Among these, the thermoplastic resin contained in the
さらには、インモールドラベル3aにおいて、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂は、印刷層11及び樹脂成形体2との接着性に優れるとともに、機械的強度、物理的特性、化学的特性、生産性等の観点から、高密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体等のポリエチレン系樹脂、又はプロピレン単独重合体等のポリプロピレン系樹脂が好ましく、高密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体がより好ましく、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体がさらに好ましく、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンが特に好ましい。エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体においては、所謂メタロセン触媒を用いて共重合された、メタロセン系共重合体が好ましい。
Furthermore, in the in-mold label 3a, the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is excellent in adhesiveness between the printed layer 11 and the resin molded body 2, and has mechanical strength, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, and production. From the viewpoint of properties, high-density polyethylene, low-density polyethylene, linear low-density polyethylene, ethylene / α-olefin copolymers, polyethylene resins such as ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymers, or propylene homopolymers, etc. Polypropylene resin is preferred, high density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / α-olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are more preferred, low density polyethylene, linear low density Polyethylene and ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are more preferable, and linear low density polyethylene is particularly preferable. preferable. The ethylene / α-olefin copolymer is preferably a metallocene copolymer copolymerized using a so-called metallocene catalyst.
また、基材層21は、融点200℃以下の熱可塑性樹脂を含有することが好ましく、融点200℃以下のポリオレフィン系樹脂を含有することがより好ましい。この場合、基材層21に上述したトナー組成物を用いてポリマーフィルム画像を転写する際に、基材層21上に印刷層11を形成することが容易となる。上記観点から、基材層21に含有されるポリオレフィン系樹脂の融点は、好ましくは65℃~200℃、より好ましくは75℃~185℃、さらに好ましくは85℃~170℃、特に好ましくは90℃~155℃である。基材層21を構成するポリオレフィン系樹脂の融点が、上記範囲の下限を上回ることにより、常温でべた付きを抑えて、ブロッキングを防ぐことができる。また、基材層21を構成するポリオレフィン系樹脂の融点が、上記範囲の上限を下回ることにより、印刷層11と基材層21との接着性、及び基材層21と樹脂成形体2との接着性が向上する傾向にある。とりわけ、基材層21は、融点が75℃~140℃のポリエチレン系樹脂が好ましく、融点が75℃~140℃のメタロセン系共重合体がより好ましい。その融点は、より好ましくは85℃~130℃、さらに好ましくは90℃~120℃である。
The base material layer 21 preferably contains a thermoplastic resin having a melting point of 200 ° C. or lower, and more preferably contains a polyolefin resin having a melting point of 200 ° C. or lower. In this case, when the polymer film image is transferred to the base material layer 21 using the toner composition described above, it is easy to form the print layer 11 on the base material layer 21. From the above viewpoint, the melting point of the polyolefin resin contained in the base material layer 21 is preferably 65 ° C. to 200 ° C., more preferably 75 ° C. to 185 ° C., further preferably 85 ° C. to 170 ° C., particularly preferably 90 ° C. ~ 155 ° C. When the melting point of the polyolefin resin constituting the base material layer 21 exceeds the lower limit of the above range, stickiness can be suppressed at room temperature and blocking can be prevented. Moreover, when the melting point of the polyolefin resin constituting the base material layer 21 is lower than the upper limit of the above range, the adhesiveness between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21, and the base material layer 21 and the resin molded body 2 There exists a tendency for adhesiveness to improve. In particular, the base material layer 21 is preferably a polyethylene resin having a melting point of 75 ° C. to 140 ° C., and more preferably a metallocene copolymer having a melting point of 75 ° C. to 140 ° C. The melting point is more preferably 85 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 90 ° C. to 120 ° C.
またさらに、インモールドラベル3bにおいて、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂は、機械的強度、物理的特性、化学的特性、生産性等の観点から、高密度ポリエチレン、プロピレン系樹脂等のポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましい。とりわけ、上述した諸物性のバランスに優れるとの観点から、プロピレン系樹脂がより好ましく、プロピレン単独重合体がさらに好ましい。また、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂の融点は、印刷層11に含まれる樹脂の融点より、10℃以上高いことが好ましく、15℃以上高いことがより好ましい。これにより、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2に貼着する際における基材層21の変形を抑制することができる。そのような熱可塑性樹脂の中でも、融点が150~170℃であるプロピレン単独重合体がさらに好ましい。
Furthermore, in the in-mold label 3b, the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is a polyolefin such as high-density polyethylene or propylene resin from the viewpoint of mechanical strength, physical characteristics, chemical characteristics, productivity, and the like. Based resins are preferred. In particular, a propylene-based resin is more preferable, and a propylene homopolymer is more preferable from the viewpoint that the above-described balance of various properties is excellent. Further, the melting point of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is preferably higher by 10 ° C. or more and more preferably 15 ° C. or higher than the melting point of the resin contained in the printing layer 11. Thereby, the deformation | transformation of the base material layer 21 at the time of sticking the in-mold label 3 to the resin molding 2 can be suppressed. Among such thermoplastic resins, a propylene homopolymer having a melting point of 150 to 170 ° C. is more preferable.
基材層21は、無機微細粉末、有機微細粉末等のフィラーを実質的に含有しない、フィラーレスであることが好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含有しない」とは、フィラーの含有量が、基材層21の総量に対する固形分換算で、0.0~3.0質量%であることを意味する。より好ましくは0.0~1.0質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.0~0.5質量%であり、特に好ましくは0.0~0.01質量%である。基材層21のフィラー含有量が上記範囲であることで、基材層21が透明性に優れたものとなり、基材層21を通じて印刷層11の印刷内容を明瞭に視認することが可能となる。
The base material layer 21 is preferably fillerless and substantially free of fillers such as inorganic fine powder and organic fine powder. Here, “substantially does not contain” means that the filler content is 0.0 to 3.0% by mass in terms of solid content with respect to the total amount of the base material layer 21. The amount is more preferably 0.0 to 1.0% by mass, further preferably 0.0 to 0.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0 to 0.01% by mass. When the filler content of the base material layer 21 is in the above range, the base material layer 21 has excellent transparency, and the printed content of the print layer 11 can be clearly visually recognized through the base material layer 21. .
(添加剤)
基材層21は、上記の熱可塑性樹脂に加え、必要に応じて当業界で公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。基材層21に含まれる添加剤としては、熱安定剤、帯電防止剤、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等が挙げられる。基材層21における添加剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、基材層21の総量に対して、好ましくは0.1~10質量部、より好ましくは0.5~5質量部である。なお、基材層21は、ワックスを含有していてもよいが、上記に述べたとおり、本実施形態の印刷層11及び基材層21では、ワックスを含まなくても、樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このため、基材層21は、ワックスを含まないワックスレスであることが好ましい。 (Additive)
Thebase material layer 21 may contain additives known in the art as needed in addition to the above-described thermoplastic resin. Examples of the additive contained in the base material layer 21 include a heat stabilizer, an antistatic agent, a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and a light stabilizer. The content of the additive in the base material layer 21 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by weight with respect to the total amount of the base material layer 21. In addition, although the base material layer 21 may contain a wax, as described above, the printed layer 11 and the base material layer 21 of the present embodiment can be combined with the resin molded body 2 without containing a wax. Sufficient adhesiveness can be obtained. For this reason, it is preferable that the base material layer 21 is waxless which does not contain wax.
基材層21は、上記の熱可塑性樹脂に加え、必要に応じて当業界で公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。基材層21に含まれる添加剤としては、熱安定剤、帯電防止剤、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等が挙げられる。基材層21における添加剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、基材層21の総量に対して、好ましくは0.1~10質量部、より好ましくは0.5~5質量部である。なお、基材層21は、ワックスを含有していてもよいが、上記に述べたとおり、本実施形態の印刷層11及び基材層21では、ワックスを含まなくても、樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このため、基材層21は、ワックスを含まないワックスレスであることが好ましい。 (Additive)
The
(基材層の厚さ)
基材層21の厚さは、特に制限されないが、インモールドラベル3aにおいては、好ましくは20~200μm、より好ましくは40~180μm、さらに好ましくは50~150μmである。また、インモールドラベル3bにおいては、基材層21の厚さは、好ましくは20~200μm、より好ましくは30~150μm、さらに好ましくは40~100μmである。基材層21の厚さが上記範囲の下限値以上であることにより、インモールドラベル3に適度な剛性を付与して、印刷層11を形成する際にシワの発生を防止できるとともに、金型内への挿入時に所望の位置にラベルを固定しやすくなる。また、インモールド成形時に基材層21が樹脂成形体2の溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11とともに融解して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3が融着しやすく、十分な接着性が得られる傾向にある。基材層21の厚さが上記範囲の上限値以下であることにより、得られる樹脂成形品におけるインモールドラベル3の境界部分の強度低下を防止でき、インモールドラベル3のラベル端部からの破損を防ぐことができるとともに、インモールドラベル3のカールの発生を防ぎ、金型への固定が容易となる。また、インモールドラベル3の透明性の低下を防ぐことができる。なお、本明細書において、インモールドラベル3又は積層構造体41を構成する各層の厚さは、顕微鏡で断面観察して、インモールドラベル3又は積層構造体41の全体の厚さ及び観察される層の厚さの比率を乗算することで求めた値を意味する。 (Thickness of base material layer)
The thickness of thebase material layer 21 is not particularly limited, but in the in-mold label 3a, it is preferably 20 to 200 μm, more preferably 40 to 180 μm, and still more preferably 50 to 150 μm. In the in-mold label 3b, the thickness of the base material layer 21 is preferably 20 to 200 μm, more preferably 30 to 150 μm, and further preferably 40 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the base material layer 21 is equal to or more than the lower limit of the above range, the in-mold label 3 can be provided with appropriate rigidity to prevent generation of wrinkles when the printing layer 11 is formed. It becomes easy to fix the label at a desired position during insertion. Further, the base material layer 21 is melted together with the printing layer 11 by the heat of the molten resin of the resin molded body 2 at the time of in-mold molding, and the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3 are easily fused, and sufficient adhesiveness is obtained. It tends to be. When the thickness of the base material layer 21 is equal to or less than the upper limit of the above range, it is possible to prevent a decrease in strength of the boundary portion of the in-mold label 3 in the obtained resin molded product, and damage from the label end of the in-mold label 3 In addition, it is possible to prevent the in-mold label 3 from curling and to be easily fixed to the mold. Moreover, the fall of the transparency of the in-mold label 3 can be prevented. In addition, in this specification, the thickness of each layer which comprises the in-mold label 3 or the laminated structure 41 observes a cross section with a microscope, and the whole thickness and observation of the in-mold label 3 or the laminated structure 41 are observed. It means the value obtained by multiplying the ratio of the layer thickness.
基材層21の厚さは、特に制限されないが、インモールドラベル3aにおいては、好ましくは20~200μm、より好ましくは40~180μm、さらに好ましくは50~150μmである。また、インモールドラベル3bにおいては、基材層21の厚さは、好ましくは20~200μm、より好ましくは30~150μm、さらに好ましくは40~100μmである。基材層21の厚さが上記範囲の下限値以上であることにより、インモールドラベル3に適度な剛性を付与して、印刷層11を形成する際にシワの発生を防止できるとともに、金型内への挿入時に所望の位置にラベルを固定しやすくなる。また、インモールド成形時に基材層21が樹脂成形体2の溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11とともに融解して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3が融着しやすく、十分な接着性が得られる傾向にある。基材層21の厚さが上記範囲の上限値以下であることにより、得られる樹脂成形品におけるインモールドラベル3の境界部分の強度低下を防止でき、インモールドラベル3のラベル端部からの破損を防ぐことができるとともに、インモールドラベル3のカールの発生を防ぎ、金型への固定が容易となる。また、インモールドラベル3の透明性の低下を防ぐことができる。なお、本明細書において、インモールドラベル3又は積層構造体41を構成する各層の厚さは、顕微鏡で断面観察して、インモールドラベル3又は積層構造体41の全体の厚さ及び観察される層の厚さの比率を乗算することで求めた値を意味する。 (Thickness of base material layer)
The thickness of the
(基材層の不透明度)
基材層21は、略透明、乃至半透明なものである。基材層21の不透明度は、好ましくは40%以下、より好ましくは30%以下、さらに好ましくは20%以下、特に好ましくは15%以下である。また、基材層21の不透明度の下限は、通常0%、好ましくは1%である。基材層21の不透明度が上記の範囲内であることにより、透明性に優れたインモールドラベル3が得られる。また、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2に貼着した状態で、基材層21を通じて外側から印刷層11の印刷内容を、明瞭に視認することが可能となる。なお、本明細書において、基材層21における不透明度とは、JIS P 8149:2000「紙及び板紙-不透明度試験方法(紙の裏当て)-拡散照明法」に準拠して測定した値を意味する。 (Opacity of substrate layer)
Thebase material layer 21 is substantially transparent or translucent. The opacity of the base material layer 21 is preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, still more preferably 20% or less, and particularly preferably 15% or less. In addition, the lower limit of the opacity of the base material layer 21 is usually 0%, preferably 1%. When the opacity of the base material layer 21 is within the above range, the in-mold label 3 having excellent transparency can be obtained. In addition, in a state where the in-mold label 3 is adhered to the resin molded body 2, it is possible to clearly see the printed content of the printed layer 11 from the outside through the base material layer 21. In this specification, the opacity of the base material layer 21 is a value measured according to JIS P 8149: 2000 “Paper and paperboard—Opacity test method (backing of paper) —Diffusion illumination method”. means.
基材層21は、略透明、乃至半透明なものである。基材層21の不透明度は、好ましくは40%以下、より好ましくは30%以下、さらに好ましくは20%以下、特に好ましくは15%以下である。また、基材層21の不透明度の下限は、通常0%、好ましくは1%である。基材層21の不透明度が上記の範囲内であることにより、透明性に優れたインモールドラベル3が得られる。また、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2に貼着した状態で、基材層21を通じて外側から印刷層11の印刷内容を、明瞭に視認することが可能となる。なお、本明細書において、基材層21における不透明度とは、JIS P 8149:2000「紙及び板紙-不透明度試験方法(紙の裏当て)-拡散照明法」に準拠して測定した値を意味する。 (Opacity of substrate layer)
The
<インク受容層>
次に、インク受容層31について説明する。インク受容層31は、積層構造体41を構成する層である。インモールドラベル3bにおいて、インク受容層31は、印刷層11と基材層21との間に介在して、印刷層11の印刷を受容する層である。通常、印刷層11の厚さはインク受容層31と比べて十分に薄いことから、インモールド成形において溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11が溶融する際に、インク受容層31にも溶融樹脂の熱が伝わり、インク受容層31も部分的に溶融することで、インク受容層31は樹脂成形体2との接着に寄与し得る。図10に示すように、印刷層11がインク受容層31の全面に設けられていない場合、すなわちインク受容層31の一部のみに設けられている場合には、インモールド成形の際に、金型内で樹脂成形体2を構成する溶融樹脂と、印刷層11に覆われていない部分のインク受容層31とが接触する。このとき、図11に示すように、溶融樹脂の熱により溶融したインク受容層31は、部分的又は断続的に設けられた印刷層11の間の間隙を埋めるようにして溶融樹脂と融着し、冷却後に硬化して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3bとの接着に寄与する。 <Ink receiving layer>
Next, theink receiving layer 31 will be described. The ink receiving layer 31 is a layer constituting the laminated structure 41. In the in-mold label 3 b, the ink receiving layer 31 is a layer that is interposed between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 and receives printing of the printing layer 11. Usually, the thickness of the printing layer 11 is sufficiently thinner than that of the ink receiving layer 31. Therefore, when the printing layer 11 is melted by the heat of the molten resin in in-mold molding, the ink receiving layer 31 is also heated by the heat of the molten resin. And the ink receiving layer 31 is also partially melted, so that the ink receiving layer 31 can contribute to adhesion to the resin molded body 2. As shown in FIG. 10, when the printing layer 11 is not provided on the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31, that is, provided only on a part of the ink receiving layer 31, the gold layer is formed during in-mold molding. The molten resin constituting the resin molded body 2 in the mold comes into contact with the portion of the ink receiving layer 31 that is not covered with the printing layer 11. At this time, as shown in FIG. 11, the ink receiving layer 31 melted by the heat of the molten resin is fused with the molten resin so as to fill a gap between the partially or intermittently provided printing layers 11. It hardens after cooling and contributes to the adhesion between the resin molded body 2 and the in-mold label 3b.
次に、インク受容層31について説明する。インク受容層31は、積層構造体41を構成する層である。インモールドラベル3bにおいて、インク受容層31は、印刷層11と基材層21との間に介在して、印刷層11の印刷を受容する層である。通常、印刷層11の厚さはインク受容層31と比べて十分に薄いことから、インモールド成形において溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11が溶融する際に、インク受容層31にも溶融樹脂の熱が伝わり、インク受容層31も部分的に溶融することで、インク受容層31は樹脂成形体2との接着に寄与し得る。図10に示すように、印刷層11がインク受容層31の全面に設けられていない場合、すなわちインク受容層31の一部のみに設けられている場合には、インモールド成形の際に、金型内で樹脂成形体2を構成する溶融樹脂と、印刷層11に覆われていない部分のインク受容層31とが接触する。このとき、図11に示すように、溶融樹脂の熱により溶融したインク受容層31は、部分的又は断続的に設けられた印刷層11の間の間隙を埋めるようにして溶融樹脂と融着し、冷却後に硬化して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3bとの接着に寄与する。 <Ink receiving layer>
Next, the
インク受容層31は、ポリエチレン系樹脂を含有する層である。インク受容層31は、ポリエチレン系樹脂を主成分とする熱可塑性樹脂フィルムが好ましい。ここで、主成分とは、インク受容層31の総量に対して、インク受容層31中に50質量%以上含まれる成分を意味する。
The ink receiving layer 31 is a layer containing a polyethylene resin. The ink receiving layer 31 is preferably a thermoplastic resin film mainly composed of a polyethylene resin. Here, the main component means a component contained in the ink receiving layer 31 by 50 mass% or more with respect to the total amount of the ink receiving layer 31.
(ポリエチレン系樹脂)
インク受容層31に含有されるポリエチレン系樹脂としては、高密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体の金属塩、エチレン・環状オレフィン共重合体等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。上記のエチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体において、α-オレフィン共重合体の例としては、プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-ヘプテン、1-オクテン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン等の炭素数3~10のα-オレフィンが挙げられる。上記のエチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル共重合体において、アルキル基の炭素数は1~8が好ましい。また、これらの共重合体は、ランダム共重合体及びブロック共重合体のいずれであってもよい。上記のエチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体の金属塩において、金属の例として、Zn、Al、Li、K、Na等が挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 (Polyethylene resin)
Examples of the polyethylene resin contained in theink receiving layer 31 include high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, ethylene / α-olefin copolymer, ethylene / acetic acid. Vinyl copolymer, ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester copolymer, metal salt of ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene / cyclic olefin copolymer However, it is not particularly limited to these. In the above ethylene / α-olefin copolymer, examples of the α-olefin copolymer include propylene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, 4-methyl-1 -C3-C10 α-olefins such as pentene. In the ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester copolymer, the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. In addition, these copolymers may be either random copolymers or block copolymers. Examples of the metal in the metal salt of the ethylene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer include Zn, Al, Li, K, and Na. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
インク受容層31に含有されるポリエチレン系樹脂としては、高密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル共重合体、エチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体の金属塩、エチレン・環状オレフィン共重合体等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。上記のエチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体において、α-オレフィン共重合体の例としては、プロピレン、1-ブテン、1-ペンテン、1-ヘキセン、1-ヘプテン、1-オクテン、4-メチル-1-ペンテン等の炭素数3~10のα-オレフィンが挙げられる。上記のエチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル共重合体において、アルキル基の炭素数は1~8が好ましい。また、これらの共重合体は、ランダム共重合体及びブロック共重合体のいずれであってもよい。上記のエチレン・(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体の金属塩において、金属の例として、Zn、Al、Li、K、Na等が挙げられる。これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 (Polyethylene resin)
Examples of the polyethylene resin contained in the
これらの中でも、印刷層11及び樹脂成形体2との接着性に優れる観点から、高密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体が好ましく、高密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体がより好ましく、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体がさらに好ましい。エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体においては、所謂メタロセン触媒を用いて共重合された、メタロセン系共重合体が好ましい。また、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体のうち酢酸ビニルの含有量は、特に制限されないが、当該共重合体の総量に対して、好ましくは5~50質量%である。酢酸ビニルの含有量が上記範囲内であることにより、印刷層11及び樹脂成形体2と一層強く接着させることができ、透明性に優れたものとなる傾向にある。
Among these, from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the printed layer 11 and the resin molding 2, high density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / α-olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are used. Polymer is preferable, high density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / α-olefin copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are more preferable, linear low density polyethylene, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer Is more preferable. The ethylene / α-olefin copolymer is preferably a metallocene copolymer copolymerized using a so-called metallocene catalyst. The content of vinyl acetate in the ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total amount of the copolymer. When the content of vinyl acetate is within the above range, the printed layer 11 and the resin molded body 2 can be more strongly bonded, and the transparency tends to be excellent.
インク受容層31は、融点135℃以下のポリエチレン系樹脂を含有することが好ましい。この場合、インク受容層31に上述したトナー組成物を用いてポリマーフィルム画像を転写する際に、インク受容層31上に印刷層11を形成することが容易となる。上記観点から、インク受容層31に含有されるエチレン系共重合体の融点は、上限が、好ましくは135℃、より好ましくは130℃、さらに好ましくは125℃、特に好ましくは120℃であり、下限が、好ましくは65℃、より好ましくは75℃、さらに好ましくは85℃、特に好ましくは90℃である。また、インク受容層31に含有されるポリエチレン系樹脂の融点は、好ましくは65℃~135℃、より好ましくは75℃~130℃、さらに好ましくは85℃~125℃、特に好ましくは90℃~120℃である。インク受容層31を構成するポリエチレン系樹脂の融点が、上記範囲の下限を上回ることにより、常温でべた付きを抑えて、ブロッキングを防ぐことができる。また、インク受容層31を構成するポリエチレン系樹脂の融点が、上記範囲の上限を下回ることにより、印刷層11とインク受容層31との接着性、及びインク受容層31と樹脂成形体2との接着性が向上する傾向にある。
The ink receiving layer 31 preferably contains a polyethylene resin having a melting point of 135 ° C. or lower. In this case, when the polymer film image is transferred to the ink receiving layer 31 using the toner composition described above, it is easy to form the printing layer 11 on the ink receiving layer 31. From the above viewpoint, the upper limit of the melting point of the ethylene copolymer contained in the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 135 ° C, more preferably 130 ° C, still more preferably 125 ° C, particularly preferably 120 ° C, and the lower limit. However, it is preferably 65 ° C, more preferably 75 ° C, still more preferably 85 ° C, and particularly preferably 90 ° C. The melting point of the polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 65 ° C. to 135 ° C., more preferably 75 ° C. to 130 ° C., still more preferably 85 ° C. to 125 ° C., and particularly preferably 90 ° C. to 120 ° C. ° C. When the melting point of the polyethylene resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 exceeds the lower limit of the above range, stickiness can be suppressed at room temperature and blocking can be prevented. Further, the melting point of the polyethylene resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 is lower than the upper limit of the above range, so that the adhesiveness between the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31 and the ink receiving layer 31 and the resin molded body 2 are reduced. There exists a tendency for adhesiveness to improve.
また、インク受容層31に含まれるポリエチレン系樹脂の融点は、上述したとおり、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂の融点よりも、10℃以上低いことが好ましく、15℃以上低いことがより好ましい。これにより、インモールドラベル3bを樹脂成形体2に貼着する際における基材層21の変形を抑制することができる。また、インク受容層31に含まれるポリエチレン系樹脂の融点と、基材層21に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂の融点との差は、100℃以下であることが好ましい。これにより、インモールドラベル3bの貼着工程の前段階におけるブロッキングを抑制することができ、フィルムの取り扱いが容易になる。インモールドラベル3bの貼着工程の前段階としては、保管段階、加工段階等が挙げられる。
Further, as described above, the melting point of the polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 10 ° C. or more lower than the melting point of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 and more preferably 15 ° C. or more. preferable. Thereby, the deformation | transformation of the base material layer 21 at the time of sticking the in-mold label 3b to the resin molding 2 can be suppressed. Further, the difference between the melting point of the polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 and the melting point of the thermoplastic resin contained in the base material layer 21 is preferably 100 ° C. or less. Thereby, the blocking in the front | former stage of the sticking process of the in-mold label 3b can be suppressed, and handling of a film becomes easy. Examples of the pre-stage of the in-mold label 3b attaching step include a storage stage and a processing stage.
インク受容層31は、当業界で公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。インク受容層31に含まれる添加剤としては、帯電防止剤、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等が挙げられる。インク受容層31における添加剤の含有量は、特に限定されないが、インク受容層31の総量に対して、好ましくは0.1~10質量部、より好ましくは0.5~5質量部である。なお、インク受容層31は、ワックスを含有していてもよいが、上記に述べたとおり、本実施形態の印刷層11及びインク受容層31では、ワックスを含まなくても、樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このため、インク受容層31は、ワックスを含まないワックスレスであることが好ましい。
The ink receiving layer 31 may contain an additive known in the art. Examples of the additive contained in the ink receiving layer 31 include an antistatic agent, a plasticizer, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and a light stabilizer. The content of the additive in the ink receiving layer 31 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of the ink receiving layer 31. The ink receiving layer 31 may contain a wax. However, as described above, the printing layer 11 and the ink receiving layer 31 of the present embodiment can be combined with the resin molded body 2 without containing a wax. Sufficient adhesiveness can be obtained. For this reason, it is preferable that the ink receiving layer 31 is waxless without containing wax.
(インク受容層の厚さ)
インク受容層31の厚さは、特に制限されないが、下限が、好ましくは0.1μm、より好ましくは3μm、さらに好ましくは5μm、特に好ましくは10μmであり、一方で、上限は、好ましく30μm、より好ましくは25μm、さらに好ましくは20μmである。また、インク受容層31の厚さは、好ましくは0.1~30μm、より好ましくは3~25μm、さらに好ましくは5~20μm、特に好ましくは10~20μmである。インク受容層31の厚さが上記範囲の下限値以上であることにより、インモールド成形時にインク受容層31が樹脂成形体2の溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11とともに融解して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3bが融着しやすく、十分な接着性が得られる傾向にある。インク受容層31の厚さが上記範囲の上限値以下であることにより、インモールドラベル3bのカールの発生を防ぎ、インク受容層31への印刷層11の形成や、金型への固定が容易となる。 (Ink-receiving layer thickness)
The thickness of theink receiving layer 31 is not particularly limited, but the lower limit is preferably 0.1 μm, more preferably 3 μm, still more preferably 5 μm, particularly preferably 10 μm, while the upper limit is preferably 30 μm, more Preferably it is 25 micrometers, More preferably, it is 20 micrometers. The thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 0.1 to 30 μm, more preferably 3 to 25 μm, still more preferably 5 to 20 μm, and particularly preferably 10 to 20 μm. When the thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is not less than the lower limit of the above range, the ink receiving layer 31 is melted together with the printing layer 11 by the heat of the molten resin of the resin molded body 2 during in-mold molding, and the resin molded body 2 And the in-mold label 3b are easily fused, and sufficient adhesiveness tends to be obtained. When the thickness of the ink receiving layer 31 is equal to or less than the upper limit of the above range, the curling of the in-mold label 3b is prevented, and the formation of the printing layer 11 on the ink receiving layer 31 and the fixing to the mold are easy. It becomes.
インク受容層31の厚さは、特に制限されないが、下限が、好ましくは0.1μm、より好ましくは3μm、さらに好ましくは5μm、特に好ましくは10μmであり、一方で、上限は、好ましく30μm、より好ましくは25μm、さらに好ましくは20μmである。また、インク受容層31の厚さは、好ましくは0.1~30μm、より好ましくは3~25μm、さらに好ましくは5~20μm、特に好ましくは10~20μmである。インク受容層31の厚さが上記範囲の下限値以上であることにより、インモールド成形時にインク受容層31が樹脂成形体2の溶融樹脂の熱により印刷層11とともに融解して、樹脂成形体2とインモールドラベル3bが融着しやすく、十分な接着性が得られる傾向にある。インク受容層31の厚さが上記範囲の上限値以下であることにより、インモールドラベル3bのカールの発生を防ぎ、インク受容層31への印刷層11の形成や、金型への固定が容易となる。 (Ink-receiving layer thickness)
The thickness of the
<積層構造体>
続いて、積層構造体41について説明する。積層構造体41は、基材層21とインク受容層31とを有する。積層構造体41は、インク受容層31側の面に印刷層11を設けるための印刷用ベースフィルムとして機能する。また、印刷層11が樹脂成形体2に熱融着した状態では、積層構造体41は、インモールドラベル3bの表面側に存在するため、印刷層11の保護層として機能する。 <Laminated structure>
Subsequently, thelaminated structure 41 will be described. The laminated structure 41 includes the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31. The laminated structure 41 functions as a printing base film for providing the printing layer 11 on the surface on the ink receiving layer 31 side. Further, in a state where the printed layer 11 is heat-sealed to the resin molded body 2, the laminated structure 41 exists on the surface side of the in-mold label 3 b and thus functions as a protective layer for the printed layer 11.
続いて、積層構造体41について説明する。積層構造体41は、基材層21とインク受容層31とを有する。積層構造体41は、インク受容層31側の面に印刷層11を設けるための印刷用ベースフィルムとして機能する。また、印刷層11が樹脂成形体2に熱融着した状態では、積層構造体41は、インモールドラベル3bの表面側に存在するため、印刷層11の保護層として機能する。 <Laminated structure>
Subsequently, the
(積層構造体の厚さ)
積層構造体41の厚さは、基材層21及びインク受容層31の厚さに応じて適宜設定され、特に制限されないが、好ましくは30~200μm、より好ましくは40~180μm、さらに好ましくは50~150μmである。積層構造体41の厚さが上記範囲内であることにより、基材層21及びインク受容層31の所望の性能が発揮されて、印刷層11及び樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られるとともに、印刷層11を保護して耐摩擦性を付与することが可能となる。 (Thickness of laminated structure)
The thickness of thelaminated structure 41 is appropriately set according to the thicknesses of the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 and is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 200 μm, more preferably 40 to 180 μm, and still more preferably 50. ~ 150 μm. When the thickness of the laminated structure 41 is within the above range, desired performances of the base layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 are exhibited, and sufficient adhesion between the printed layer 11 and the resin molded body 2 is obtained. In addition, it is possible to protect the printing layer 11 and to provide friction resistance.
積層構造体41の厚さは、基材層21及びインク受容層31の厚さに応じて適宜設定され、特に制限されないが、好ましくは30~200μm、より好ましくは40~180μm、さらに好ましくは50~150μmである。積層構造体41の厚さが上記範囲内であることにより、基材層21及びインク受容層31の所望の性能が発揮されて、印刷層11及び樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られるとともに、印刷層11を保護して耐摩擦性を付与することが可能となる。 (Thickness of laminated structure)
The thickness of the
(不透明度)
積層構造体41の不透明度は、好ましくは40%以下、より好ましくは30%以下、さらに好ましくは20%以下、特に好ましくは15%以下である。また、積層構造体41の不透明度の下限は、通常0%、好ましくは1%である。好ましくは0~40%、より好ましくは0~30%、さらに好ましくは0~20%、特に好ましくは0~15%である。積層構造体41の不透明度が上記の範囲内であることにより、透明性に優れたインモールドラベル3bが得られる。また、インモールドラベル3bを樹脂成形体2に貼着した状態で、積層構造体41を通じて外側から印刷層11の印刷内容を、明瞭に視認することが可能となる。なお、本明細書において、積層構造体41における不透明度とは、JIS P 8149:2000「紙及び板紙-不透明度試験方法(紙の裏当て)-拡散照明法」に準拠して測定した値を意味する。 (Opacity)
The opacity of thelaminated structure 41 is preferably 40% or less, more preferably 30% or less, still more preferably 20% or less, and particularly preferably 15% or less. Further, the lower limit of the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is usually 0%, preferably 1%. Preferably it is 0 to 40%, more preferably 0 to 30%, still more preferably 0 to 20%, particularly preferably 0 to 15%. When the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is within the above range, the in-mold label 3b having excellent transparency can be obtained. In addition, in a state where the in-mold label 3 b is adhered to the resin molded body 2, the printed content of the printed layer 11 can be clearly seen from the outside through the laminated structure 41. In this specification, the opacity of the laminated structure 41 is a value measured according to JIS P 8149: 2000 “Paper and paperboard—Opacity test method (backing of paper) —Diffusion illumination method”. means.
積層構造体41の不透明度は、好ましくは40%以下、より好ましくは30%以下、さらに好ましくは20%以下、特に好ましくは15%以下である。また、積層構造体41の不透明度の下限は、通常0%、好ましくは1%である。好ましくは0~40%、より好ましくは0~30%、さらに好ましくは0~20%、特に好ましくは0~15%である。積層構造体41の不透明度が上記の範囲内であることにより、透明性に優れたインモールドラベル3bが得られる。また、インモールドラベル3bを樹脂成形体2に貼着した状態で、積層構造体41を通じて外側から印刷層11の印刷内容を、明瞭に視認することが可能となる。なお、本明細書において、積層構造体41における不透明度とは、JIS P 8149:2000「紙及び板紙-不透明度試験方法(紙の裏当て)-拡散照明法」に準拠して測定した値を意味する。 (Opacity)
The opacity of the
<基材層及びインク受容層、並びに積層構造体の成形方法>
基材層21を成形する方法は特に限定されず、公知の種々の方法が使用できる。具体例としては、スクリュー型押出機に接続された単層又は多層のTダイやIダイを使用して溶融樹脂をシート状に押し出すキャスト成形、円形ダイを使用し溶融樹脂をチューブ状に押し出し内部の空気圧力で膨張させるインフレーション成形、混練された材料を複数の熱ロールで圧延しシート状に加工するカレンダー成形、圧延成形等が挙げられる。基材層21自体は、単層構造であってもよく、2層以上の多層構造であってもよいが、カールの発生を防ぐ観点からは、単層構造であることが好ましい。
インク受容層31も上記の基材層21の成形方法と同様の方法で成形することができる。 <Base Layer, Ink Receiving Layer, and Laminate Structure Forming Method>
The method for forming thebase material layer 21 is not particularly limited, and various known methods can be used. Specific examples include cast molding in which molten resin is extruded into a sheet using a single-layer or multilayer T-die or I-die connected to a screw-type extruder, and the molten resin is extruded into a tube using a circular die. Inflation molding in which the air pressure is expanded, calender molding in which a kneaded material is rolled with a plurality of hot rolls and processed into a sheet, and rolling molding are exemplified. The base material layer 21 itself may have a single-layer structure or a multilayer structure of two or more layers, but is preferably a single-layer structure from the viewpoint of preventing curling.
Theink receiving layer 31 can also be formed by a method similar to the method for forming the base material layer 21 described above.
基材層21を成形する方法は特に限定されず、公知の種々の方法が使用できる。具体例としては、スクリュー型押出機に接続された単層又は多層のTダイやIダイを使用して溶融樹脂をシート状に押し出すキャスト成形、円形ダイを使用し溶融樹脂をチューブ状に押し出し内部の空気圧力で膨張させるインフレーション成形、混練された材料を複数の熱ロールで圧延しシート状に加工するカレンダー成形、圧延成形等が挙げられる。基材層21自体は、単層構造であってもよく、2層以上の多層構造であってもよいが、カールの発生を防ぐ観点からは、単層構造であることが好ましい。
インク受容層31も上記の基材層21の成形方法と同様の方法で成形することができる。 <Base Layer, Ink Receiving Layer, and Laminate Structure Forming Method>
The method for forming the
The
基材層21及びインク受容層31を積層して積層構造体41を得る方法としては、両者の溶融樹脂をダイ内で積層する共押出成形、基材層21及びインク受容層31のうち少なくとも一方をあらかじめフィルム成形し、これに他方の層を構成する加熱溶融させた熱可塑性樹脂組成物を押し出して積層する押出ラミネート成形、あらかじめフィルム成形して得た基材層21とインク受容層31とを接着剤層を介して積層するドライラミネート成形又はウェットラミネート成形等が挙げられる。これらの方法によって積層構造体41を成形した場合、得られるインク受容層31の厚みは、3~30μmが好ましい。
As a method for obtaining the laminated structure 41 by laminating the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31, at least one of coextrusion molding in which both molten resins are laminated in a die, the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 is used. The substrate layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 obtained by film forming in advance, extrusion lamination molding in which the heat-melted thermoplastic resin composition constituting the other layer is extruded and laminated, Examples include dry laminate molding or wet laminate molding in which layers are laminated via an adhesive layer. When the laminated structure 41 is formed by these methods, the thickness of the obtained ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 3 to 30 μm.
積層構造体41は、インク受容層31を構成する樹脂を塗料として、後述の方法で基材層21に塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥することによっても得ることができる。この塗料は、インク受容層31を構成する樹脂を、溶剤に溶解するか又は溶剤に分散して作成することができる。樹脂としては、上述したインク受容層31に含有されるポリエチレン系樹脂であれば特に限定されないが、中でも、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体が好ましい。溶剤としては、特に限定されないが、水、トルエン、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メタノール、エタノール等が好適に使用できる。塗工方法としては、特に限定されないが、ダイコーター、バーコーター、ロールコーター、リップコーター、グラビアコーター、スプレーコーター、ブレードコーター、リバースコーター、エアナイフコーター等の公知の塗工方法を使用することができる。これらの方法によって積層構造体41を成形した場合、得られるインク受容層31の厚みは0.1~10μmが好ましい。
The laminated structure 41 can also be obtained by applying the resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 as a paint to the base material layer 21 by a method described later and drying it as necessary. This paint can be prepared by dissolving the resin constituting the ink receiving layer 31 in a solvent or dispersing it in a solvent. The resin is not particularly limited as long as it is a polyethylene resin contained in the ink receiving layer 31 described above. Among them, an ethylene / α-olefin copolymer and an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer are preferable. Although it does not specifically limit as a solvent, Water, toluene, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol etc. can be used conveniently. The coating method is not particularly limited, and known coating methods such as a die coater, bar coater, roll coater, lip coater, gravure coater, spray coater, blade coater, reverse coater, air knife coater and the like can be used. . When the laminated structure 41 is formed by these methods, the thickness of the obtained ink receiving layer 31 is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm.
これらの中でも、スクリュー型押出機に接続された多層Tダイを使用して、基材層21及びインク受容層31の溶融樹脂を同ダイ内で積層し、シート状に押し出す共押出キャスト成形により、両層の積層と成形とを同時に行って積層構造体41を得る手法が好ましい。この手法は、工程上簡便であり、且つ基材層21とインク受容層31とが、印刷層11の形成や裁断等の後加工工程では容易に剥離しない程度の接着力を有する共押出フィルムとして得られることから好ましい。
Among these, by using a multi-layer T die connected to a screw type extruder, by laminating the molten resin of the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 in the same die, by coextrusion cast molding that is extruded into a sheet shape, A method of obtaining the laminated structure 41 by simultaneously laminating and forming both layers is preferable. This method is simple in terms of process, and is a coextruded film having an adhesive strength that the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer 31 do not easily peel off in a post-processing step such as formation or cutting of the printing layer 11. Since it is obtained, it is preferable.
基材層21、インク受容層31、及び積層構造体41は、延伸を施さない無延伸(未延伸)のフィルムとしてもよく、少なくとも一軸方向に延伸を施すことで延伸フィルムとしてもよい。無延伸フィルムは、透明性及び成形品への形状追随性が一層優れたものとなる。一方、延伸フィルムは、薄膜化による透明性、軽量性、及び厚さの均一性が一層優れたものとなる。
The substrate layer 21, the ink receiving layer 31, and the laminated structure 41 may be non-stretched (unstretched) films that are not stretched, or may be stretched films by stretching in at least a uniaxial direction. The unstretched film is further excellent in transparency and shape followability to a molded product. On the other hand, the stretched film is more excellent in transparency, lightness, and thickness uniformity due to thinning.
本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、必要に応じて、基材層21又はインク受容層31に表面酸化処理を施してもよい。成形後のフィルムの表面は、表面自由エネルギーが比較的低く、フィルムの表面に表面酸化処理を施すことにより、フィルムの表面の表面自由エネルギーを向上させることができる。その結果、トナー組成物の転移性が改善されることで、印刷層11と基材層21又はインク受容層31との密着性が向上する。このような観点から、表面酸化処理は、印刷層11が設けられる層に対して行うことが好ましい。例えば、図2に示すように、基材層21に印刷層11が設けられる場合には、基材層21に表面酸化処理を施せばよい。または、図9に示すように、インク受容層31に印刷層11が設けられる場合には、積層構造体41のインク受容層31側の面に表面酸化処理を施せばよい。トナー組成物の転移性の改善は、基材層21又はインク受容層31表面の水接触角を制御することによって行ってもよい。表面酸化処理としては、コロナ放電処理、フレーム処理、プラズマ処理、グロー放電処理、オゾン処理等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、表面酸化処理として、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理を用いることが好ましい。又は、基材層21又はインク受容層31にフレーム処理を施してもよい。また、インモールドラベル3は、上述した表面酸化処理と同様の趣旨から、基材層21又はインク受容層31に表面塗工層を形成してもよい。
The in-mold label 3 of the present embodiment may be subjected to surface oxidation treatment on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 as necessary. The surface of the film after molding has a relatively low surface free energy, and the surface free energy of the surface of the film can be improved by subjecting the surface of the film to surface oxidation treatment. As a result, the transferability of the toner composition is improved, so that the adhesion between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 is improved. From such a viewpoint, the surface oxidation treatment is preferably performed on the layer on which the printing layer 11 is provided. For example, as shown in FIG. 2, when the printing layer 11 is provided on the base material layer 21, the base material layer 21 may be subjected to surface oxidation treatment. Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 9, when the printing layer 11 is provided on the ink receiving layer 31, the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side may be subjected to surface oxidation treatment. The transferability of the toner composition may be improved by controlling the water contact angle on the surface of the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31. Examples of the surface oxidation treatment include corona discharge treatment, flame treatment, plasma treatment, glow discharge treatment, and ozone treatment. Among these, it is preferable to use corona discharge treatment or plasma treatment as the surface oxidation treatment. Alternatively, the base layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 may be subjected to frame processing. Moreover, the in-mold label 3 may form a surface coating layer on the base material layer 21 or the ink receiving layer 31 for the same purpose as the surface oxidation treatment described above.
<保護層>
上述のとおり、基材層21は、印刷層11の保護層としても機能するが、インモールドラベル3aには、耐光性、耐水性、耐ガス性、耐摩擦性等の堅牢性を向上させるために、基材層21の印刷層11とは逆側の面に樹脂フィルムからなる保護層をさらに設けてもよい。また、インモールドラベル3bには、耐光性、耐水性、耐ガス性、耐摩擦性等の堅牢性を向上させるために、積層構造体41の基材層21側の面に樹脂フィルムからなる保護層を設けてもよい。保護層を構成する樹脂は特に限定されないが、上述した基材層21で用いられる熱可塑性樹脂と同様のものを使用することができ、例えば、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂等が挙げられる。ポリオレフィン系樹脂としては、上述した基材層21で用いられる樹脂と同様のものを使用することができる。保護層の厚さも特に限定されないが、好ましくは5~100μm、より好ましくは10~50μmである。保護層を設ける手段としては種々の方法を採用することができ、特に限定されない。基材層21、又は積層構造体41の基材層21側の面にドライラミネート法や熱ラミネート法を用いて複層化する手段や、基材層21、又は基材層21及びインク受容層31とともに押出ラミネートする方法、熱可塑性樹脂をコーティングする方法等の公知の手段から適宜選択して用いればよい。 <Protective layer>
As described above, thebase material layer 21 also functions as a protective layer for the printing layer 11, but the in-mold label 3 a has improved lightness, water resistance, gas resistance, friction resistance, and other fastness properties. In addition, a protective layer made of a resin film may be further provided on the surface of the base material layer 21 opposite to the printed layer 11. Further, the in-mold label 3b is provided with a protective film made of a resin film on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the base material layer 21 side in order to improve fastness such as light resistance, water resistance, gas resistance, and friction resistance. A layer may be provided. The resin constituting the protective layer is not particularly limited, but the same thermoplastic resin as that used in the base material layer 21 described above can be used. For example, polyolefin resin, polystyrene resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate Examples thereof include resins and polyamide resins. As a polyolefin-type resin, the thing similar to resin used by the base material layer 21 mentioned above can be used. The thickness of the protective layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 100 μm, more preferably 10 to 50 μm. Various methods can be adopted as means for providing the protective layer, and are not particularly limited. Means for layering the surface of the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure 41 on the base material layer 21 side using a dry laminating method or a thermal laminating method, the base material layer 21, or the base material layer 21 and the ink receiving layer What is necessary is just to select suitably from well-known means, such as the method of extrusion laminating with 31, the method of coating a thermoplastic resin.
上述のとおり、基材層21は、印刷層11の保護層としても機能するが、インモールドラベル3aには、耐光性、耐水性、耐ガス性、耐摩擦性等の堅牢性を向上させるために、基材層21の印刷層11とは逆側の面に樹脂フィルムからなる保護層をさらに設けてもよい。また、インモールドラベル3bには、耐光性、耐水性、耐ガス性、耐摩擦性等の堅牢性を向上させるために、積層構造体41の基材層21側の面に樹脂フィルムからなる保護層を設けてもよい。保護層を構成する樹脂は特に限定されないが、上述した基材層21で用いられる熱可塑性樹脂と同様のものを使用することができ、例えば、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂等が挙げられる。ポリオレフィン系樹脂としては、上述した基材層21で用いられる樹脂と同様のものを使用することができる。保護層の厚さも特に限定されないが、好ましくは5~100μm、より好ましくは10~50μmである。保護層を設ける手段としては種々の方法を採用することができ、特に限定されない。基材層21、又は積層構造体41の基材層21側の面にドライラミネート法や熱ラミネート法を用いて複層化する手段や、基材層21、又は基材層21及びインク受容層31とともに押出ラミネートする方法、熱可塑性樹脂をコーティングする方法等の公知の手段から適宜選択して用いればよい。 <Protective layer>
As described above, the
<インモールドラベル>
本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、インモールド成形において、樹脂成形体2に貼着されるラベルとして好適に用いられる。このとき、基材層21側の面が金型の内壁に接するようにして、インモールドラベル3を金型内に予め設置すればよい。 <In-mold label>
The in-mold label 3 of this embodiment is suitably used as a label attached to the resin molded body 2 in in-mold molding. At this time, the in-mold label 3 may be set in advance in the mold so that the surface on the base material layer 21 side is in contact with the inner wall of the mold.
本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、インモールド成形において、樹脂成形体2に貼着されるラベルとして好適に用いられる。このとき、基材層21側の面が金型の内壁に接するようにして、インモールドラベル3を金型内に予め設置すればよい。 <In-mold label>
The in-
インモールドラベル3aは、まず基材層21を成形して、続いて基材層21に印刷層11を形成することによって作製することができる。このとき、基材層21の一方の主面上に、印刷層11が直接接するように印刷層11を設けることが好ましい。すなわち、基材層21と印刷層11との間に他の層(例えば、接着剤層や従来技術のヒートシール層等)を介在させることなく、基材層21と印刷層11とを積層させることが、得られるインモールドラベル3のカールの抑制、生産性及びコストの観点から好ましい。
The in-mold label 3 a can be manufactured by first forming the base material layer 21 and then forming the printing layer 11 on the base material layer 21. At this time, it is preferable to provide the printing layer 11 on one main surface of the base material layer 21 so that the printing layer 11 directly contacts. That is, the base material layer 21 and the printing layer 11 are laminated without interposing another layer (for example, an adhesive layer or a conventional heat seal layer) between the base material layer 21 and the printing layer 11. It is preferable from the viewpoint of curling suppression, productivity and cost of the in-mold label 3 to be obtained.
または、インモールドラベル3bは、まず積層構造体41を成形して、続いて積層構造体41のインク受容層31側の面に印刷層11を形成することによって作製することができる。すなわち、基材層21と印刷層11との間にインク受容層31を設けることが、インク受容層31を介して、印刷層11と基材層21との接着性を高める観点から好ましい。
Alternatively, the in-mold label 3b can be manufactured by first forming the laminated structure 41 and then forming the printing layer 11 on the surface of the laminated structure 41 on the ink receiving layer 31 side. That is, it is preferable to provide the ink receiving layer 31 between the base material layer 21 and the printing layer 11 from the viewpoint of improving the adhesiveness between the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 21 via the ink receiving layer 31.
[2.ラベル付き容器]
ラベル付き容器1は、インモールド成形(インモールドラベリング)により、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2に貼着することによって製造することができる。インモールド成形時に、印刷層11側の面が樹脂成形体2の壁面に対して熱融着することで、ラベル付き容器1を一体成形することができる。ラベル付き容器1は、インモールドラベル3が貼着したインモールド成形による樹脂成形品である、インモールド成形体の一例である。インモールド成形体は、空間部を形成する立体成形体であって、例えば、ボトル、タンク、スクイーズ容器等の中空成形体;トレイ、カップ、コンテナ等の開口面を有する成形体;その他の所望の形状に形成された中空成形体等の形状を有するものが挙げられる。 [2. Labeled container]
The labeledcontainer 1 can be manufactured by sticking the in-mold label 3 to the resin molded body 2 by in-mold molding (in-mold labeling). At the time of in-mold molding, the surface on the printed layer 11 side is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2, whereby the labeled container 1 can be integrally molded. The labeled container 1 is an example of an in-mold molded body that is a resin molded product by in-mold molding to which an in-mold label 3 is attached. The in-mold molded body is a three-dimensional molded body that forms a space, for example, a hollow molded body such as a bottle, a tank, or a squeeze container; a molded body having an opening surface such as a tray, a cup, or a container; What has shapes, such as a hollow molded object formed in the shape, is mentioned.
ラベル付き容器1は、インモールド成形(インモールドラベリング)により、インモールドラベル3を樹脂成形体2に貼着することによって製造することができる。インモールド成形時に、印刷層11側の面が樹脂成形体2の壁面に対して熱融着することで、ラベル付き容器1を一体成形することができる。ラベル付き容器1は、インモールドラベル3が貼着したインモールド成形による樹脂成形品である、インモールド成形体の一例である。インモールド成形体は、空間部を形成する立体成形体であって、例えば、ボトル、タンク、スクイーズ容器等の中空成形体;トレイ、カップ、コンテナ等の開口面を有する成形体;その他の所望の形状に形成された中空成形体等の形状を有するものが挙げられる。 [2. Labeled container]
The labeled
<樹脂成形体>
本実施形態の樹脂成形体2は、熱可塑性樹脂を含んでなる中空成形品である。樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂としては、所望形状に成形可能な材料であれば、その種類は特に制限されない。樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂としては、ポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレン系樹脂等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンサクシネート、ポリ乳酸等のポリエステル系樹脂;芳香族ポリカーボネート、脂肪族ポリカーボネート等のポリカーボネート系樹脂;ポリスチレン系樹脂等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。これらの中でも、透明性、成形性、インモールドラベル3との接着性の観点から、ポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましく、ポリエチレン系樹脂がより好ましい。ポリエチレン系樹脂としては、高密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、高密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンが好ましく、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンがさらに好ましい。また、樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂の融点は、上述したとおり、印刷層11に用いる樹脂の融点より5℃以上高いことが好ましく、10℃以上高いことがより好ましい。 <Resin molding>
The resin moldedbody 2 according to the present embodiment is a hollow molded product including a thermoplastic resin. The thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molded body 2 is not particularly limited as long as it is a material that can be molded into a desired shape. Examples of the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molded body 2 include polyolefin resins such as polyethylene resins and polypropylene resins; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polybutylene succinate, and polylactic acid; aromatic polycarbonates, Examples thereof include polycarbonate resins such as aliphatic polycarbonates; polystyrene resins and the like, but are not particularly limited thereto. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among these, from the viewpoints of transparency, moldability, and adhesiveness with the in-mold label 3, a polyolefin resin is preferable, and a polyethylene resin is more preferable. Examples of the polyethylene resin include high density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, low density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, ultra-low density polyethylene, and ethylene / α-olefin copolymer. Among these, high density polyethylene and linear low density polyethylene are preferable, and linear low density polyethylene is more preferable. Further, as described above, the melting point of the thermoplastic resin constituting the resin molded body 2 is preferably 5 ° C. or higher, more preferably 10 ° C. or higher than the melting point of the resin used for the printing layer 11.
本実施形態の樹脂成形体2は、熱可塑性樹脂を含んでなる中空成形品である。樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂としては、所望形状に成形可能な材料であれば、その種類は特に制限されない。樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂としては、ポリエチレン系樹脂、ポリプロピレン系樹脂等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンサクシネート、ポリ乳酸等のポリエステル系樹脂;芳香族ポリカーボネート、脂肪族ポリカーボネート等のポリカーボネート系樹脂;ポリスチレン系樹脂等が挙げられるが、これらに特に限定されない。これらは、1種を単独で又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。これらの中でも、透明性、成形性、インモールドラベル3との接着性の観点から、ポリオレフィン系樹脂が好ましく、ポリエチレン系樹脂がより好ましい。ポリエチレン系樹脂としては、高密度ポリエチレン、中密度ポリエチレン、低密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレン、超低密度ポリエチレン、エチレン・α-オレフィン共重合体等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、高密度ポリエチレン、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンが好ましく、直鎖状低密度ポリエチレンがさらに好ましい。また、樹脂成形体2を構成する熱可塑性樹脂の融点は、上述したとおり、印刷層11に用いる樹脂の融点より5℃以上高いことが好ましく、10℃以上高いことがより好ましい。 <Resin molding>
The resin molded
<インモールド成形>
インモールド成形は、基材層21側の面が金型の内壁に接するように、インモールドラベル3を金型内の所定位置に配置し、さらに金型内に溶融樹脂を注入することにより行う。これにより、樹脂成形体2の成形と同時にインモールドラベル3が貼着されたラベル付き容器1が得られる。このようなインモールド成形としては、例えば、インジェクション成形や、ダイレクトブロー成形、ストレッチブロー成形等のブロー成形等が挙げられる。中でも、ブロー成形が好ましい。 <In-mold molding>
In-mold molding is performed by placing the in-mold label 3 at a predetermined position in the mold so that the surface on the base material layer 21 side is in contact with the inner wall of the mold, and further injecting molten resin into the mold. . Thereby, the labeled container 1 to which the in-mold label 3 is stuck simultaneously with the molding of the resin molded body 2 is obtained. Examples of such in-mold molding include injection molding, blow molding such as direct blow molding and stretch blow molding. Among these, blow molding is preferable.
インモールド成形は、基材層21側の面が金型の内壁に接するように、インモールドラベル3を金型内の所定位置に配置し、さらに金型内に溶融樹脂を注入することにより行う。これにより、樹脂成形体2の成形と同時にインモールドラベル3が貼着されたラベル付き容器1が得られる。このようなインモールド成形としては、例えば、インジェクション成形や、ダイレクトブロー成形、ストレッチブロー成形等のブロー成形等が挙げられる。中でも、ブロー成形が好ましい。 <In-mold molding>
In-mold molding is performed by placing the in-
インモールドラベル3が金型内に配置された後にインモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2とを一体に成形することにより、インモールドラベル3の変形もなく、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との接着強度が強固であり、ブリスターもなく、インモールドラベル3により加飾された外観が良好な成形品が得られ易い。ここで、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2が「一体化」するとは、樹脂成形体2を構成する樹脂成分の一部と、インモールドラベル3の印刷層11を構成する樹脂成分の一部がこれらの界面で混ざり合った状態で接着されている状態を意味する。
After the in-mold label 3 is placed in the mold, the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 are integrally formed. Thus, a molded product having a good external appearance decorated with the in-mold label 3 can be easily obtained. Here, “in-mold” the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 means that a part of the resin component constituting the resin molded body 2 and a part of the resin component constituting the printed layer 11 of the in-mold label 3. Means a state of being bonded in a mixed state at these interfaces.
(インモールドラベルの埋没)
ラベル付き容器1では、インモールド成形でインモールドラベル3が樹脂成形体2に貼着している。そのため、インモールドラベル3の厚み方向の少なくとも一部が樹脂成形体2の外壁に埋没している。したがって、インモールドラベル3の厚み方向寸法を「T1」とおき、樹脂成形体2の外壁の外表面に対して外側で段部を形成するインモールドラベル3の高さ寸法(厚み方向寸法)を「T2」とおけば、不等式「T1>T2」を満たす関係にある。プリフォームを使用するブロー成形方法の場合、不等式「T1>T2」を満たしやすい。なお、インモールドラベル3の厚み方向の全部が樹脂成形体2の外壁に埋没(たとえばインモールドラベル3の外表面と樹脂成形体2の外表面とが同一平面をなす)していてもよく、この場合は「T2=0」となる。また、ダイレクトブロー成形の場合は等式「T2=0」を満たしやすい。 (In-mold label burial)
In the labeledcontainer 1, the in-mold label 3 is adhered to the resin molded body 2 by in-mold molding. Therefore, at least part of the thickness direction of the in-mold label 3 is buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2. Therefore, the thickness dimension of the in-mold label 3 is set to “T 1 ”, and the height dimension (thickness-direction dimension) of the in-mold label 3 that forms a step portion on the outer side with respect to the outer surface of the outer wall of the resin molded body 2. the if you put a "T 2", a relationship that satisfies the inequality "T 1> T 2". In the case of a blow molding method using a preform, the inequality “T 1 > T 2 ” is easily satisfied. The entire thickness direction of the in-mold label 3 may be buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2 (for example, the outer surface of the in-mold label 3 and the outer surface of the resin molded body 2 are in the same plane), In this case, “T 2 = 0”. In the case of direct blow molding, the equation “T 2 = 0” is easily satisfied.
ラベル付き容器1では、インモールド成形でインモールドラベル3が樹脂成形体2に貼着している。そのため、インモールドラベル3の厚み方向の少なくとも一部が樹脂成形体2の外壁に埋没している。したがって、インモールドラベル3の厚み方向寸法を「T1」とおき、樹脂成形体2の外壁の外表面に対して外側で段部を形成するインモールドラベル3の高さ寸法(厚み方向寸法)を「T2」とおけば、不等式「T1>T2」を満たす関係にある。プリフォームを使用するブロー成形方法の場合、不等式「T1>T2」を満たしやすい。なお、インモールドラベル3の厚み方向の全部が樹脂成形体2の外壁に埋没(たとえばインモールドラベル3の外表面と樹脂成形体2の外表面とが同一平面をなす)していてもよく、この場合は「T2=0」となる。また、ダイレクトブロー成形の場合は等式「T2=0」を満たしやすい。 (In-mold label burial)
In the labeled
インモールドラベル3が樹脂成形体2の外壁に埋没している度合を、埋没率により表すことができる。樹脂成形体2の外壁の外表面に対して、樹脂成形体2の内部に埋没するインモールドラベル3の高さ寸法(厚み方向寸法)を「T3」とおくと、埋没率(%)は「T3/T1×100」で求められる。埋没率は、好ましくは1~100%、より好ましくは10~95%、さらに好ましくは30~90%特に好ましくは50~80%である。埋没率が上記範囲内にあると、インモールドラベル3の樹脂成形体2からの張り出しが抑えられて、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との接着を強固にさせやすくなる傾向にある。
The degree to which the in-mold label 3 is buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2 can be represented by the burying rate. When the height dimension (dimension in the thickness direction) of the in-mold label 3 embedded in the resin molded body 2 with respect to the outer surface of the outer wall of the resin molded body 2 is “T 3 ”, the burial rate (%) is It is obtained by “T 3 / T 1 × 100”. The burial rate is preferably 1 to 100%, more preferably 10 to 95%, still more preferably 30 to 90%, and particularly preferably 50 to 80%. When the burial ratio is within the above range, the overmolding of the in-mold label 3 from the resin molded body 2 is suppressed, and the adhesion between the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 tends to be strengthened.
インモールドラベル3が樹脂成形体2の外壁に埋没している深さは、インモールドラベル3の厚さに応じて適宜設定することができるため特に限定されないが、好ましくは5~200μm、より好ましくは10~150μm、さらに好ましくは50~100μmである。なお、本明細書において、上述した厚み方向寸法T1,T2,T3は、ラベル付き容器1を顕微鏡で断面観察して測定した値を意味する。
The depth at which the in-mold label 3 is buried in the outer wall of the resin molded body 2 can be appropriately set according to the thickness of the in-mold label 3, but is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 to 200 μm, more preferably Is 10 to 150 μm, more preferably 50 to 100 μm. In the present specification, the above-described thickness direction dimensions T 1 , T 2 , and T 3 mean values measured by observing the labeled container 1 with a microscope.
(接着強度)
ラベル付き容器1においては、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との接着強度は、要求性能等に応じて適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、インモールドラベル3aにおいては、好ましくは100~2000gf/15mm、より好ましくは200~1700gf/15mm、さらに好ましくは500~1500gf/15mmである。また、インモールドラベル3bにおいては、接着強度は、好ましくは100~2000gf/15mm、より好ましくは400~1500gf/15mm、さらに好ましくは600~1400gf/15mmである。接着強度が上記範囲内であることにより、ラベル付き容器1が受ける摩擦、振動、衝撃に対して、インモールドラベル3の貼着を維持することができる。なお、本明細書において、接着強度とは、JIS K6854-3:1999「接着剤-はく離接着強さ試験方法-第3部:T形はく離」に準拠して測定した値を意味する。 (Adhesive strength)
In the labeledcontainer 1, the adhesive strength between the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 may be set as appropriate according to the required performance and the like, and is not particularly limited. It is 2000 gf / 15 mm, more preferably 200 to 1700 gf / 15 mm, and still more preferably 500 to 1500 gf / 15 mm. In the in-mold label 3b, the adhesive strength is preferably 100 to 2000 gf / 15 mm, more preferably 400 to 1500 gf / 15 mm, and still more preferably 600 to 1400 gf / 15 mm. When the adhesive strength is within the above range, the in-mold label 3 can be adhered to the friction, vibration, and impact received by the labeled container 1. In this specification, the adhesive strength means a value measured according to JIS K6854-3: 1999 “Adhesive—Peeling peel strength test method—Part 3: T-type peel”.
ラベル付き容器1においては、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との接着強度は、要求性能等に応じて適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、インモールドラベル3aにおいては、好ましくは100~2000gf/15mm、より好ましくは200~1700gf/15mm、さらに好ましくは500~1500gf/15mmである。また、インモールドラベル3bにおいては、接着強度は、好ましくは100~2000gf/15mm、より好ましくは400~1500gf/15mm、さらに好ましくは600~1400gf/15mmである。接着強度が上記範囲内であることにより、ラベル付き容器1が受ける摩擦、振動、衝撃に対して、インモールドラベル3の貼着を維持することができる。なお、本明細書において、接着強度とは、JIS K6854-3:1999「接着剤-はく離接着強さ試験方法-第3部:T形はく離」に準拠して測定した値を意味する。 (Adhesive strength)
In the labeled
(面積比率)
ラベル付き容器1の表面積に対するインモールドラベル3の全面積の比率(面積比率(%))は、特に限定されないが、5%~90%が好ましく、20~80%がより好ましく、30~70%がさらに好ましい。中でも、ラベル付き容器1がボトル状の中空成形体の場合には、5%~50%が好ましく、10~40%がより好ましく、15~30%がさらに好ましい。面積比率が上記範囲内にあることによって、インモールドラベル3の表示機能を発現させることができる。 (Area ratio)
The ratio of the total area of the in-mold label 3 to the surface area of the labeled container 1 (area ratio (%)) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% to 90%, more preferably 20 to 80%, and more preferably 30 to 70%. Is more preferable. In particular, when the labeled container 1 is a bottle-shaped hollow molded body, it is preferably 5% to 50%, more preferably 10 to 40%, and further preferably 15 to 30%. When the area ratio is within the above range, the display function of the in-mold label 3 can be expressed.
ラベル付き容器1の表面積に対するインモールドラベル3の全面積の比率(面積比率(%))は、特に限定されないが、5%~90%が好ましく、20~80%がより好ましく、30~70%がさらに好ましい。中でも、ラベル付き容器1がボトル状の中空成形体の場合には、5%~50%が好ましく、10~40%がより好ましく、15~30%がさらに好ましい。面積比率が上記範囲内にあることによって、インモールドラベル3の表示機能を発現させることができる。 (Area ratio)
The ratio of the total area of the in-
[3.作用、効果]
本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、基材層21又は積層構造体に設けられた印刷層11を備え、この印刷層11が樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着することで、ラベル付き容器1を形成する。このとき、印刷層11は基材層21又は積層構造体によって保護されて、外部に露出しないため、印刷層11の耐摩擦性、耐水性が向上する。さらに、基材層21又は積層構造体の不透明度が40%以下であることにより、印刷層11に含有される色材によって呈される印刷内容を、基材層21又は積層構造体を通じて外側から視認することができる。またさらに、印刷層11がエチレン系共重合体を含有することで、印刷層11自体がヒートシール層として機能して、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このように、本実施形態のインモールドラベル3及びラベル付き容器1は、樹脂成形体2に接触する印刷層11に表示される印刷内容の保護と視認を可能としながら、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との接着性を兼ね備えたものである。また、本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、上記構成を採用しているため、温度又は湿度変化の影響によりカールが発生し難く、これにより、熱が印加されるインモールド成形時の、ラベルの位置ズレやシワ等の外観不良の発生が抑制され易い点でも有意である。 [3. Action, effect]
The in-mold label 3 of the present embodiment includes a printed layer 11 provided on the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure, and the printed layer 11 is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2, thereby providing a container with a label. 1 is formed. At this time, since the printing layer 11 is protected by the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure and is not exposed to the outside, the friction resistance and water resistance of the printing layer 11 are improved. Furthermore, when the opacity of the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure is 40% or less, the printing content exhibited by the color material contained in the printing layer 11 is transmitted from the outside through the base material layer 21 or the laminated structure. It can be visually recognized. Furthermore, when the printing layer 11 contains an ethylene copolymer, the printing layer 11 itself functions as a heat seal layer, and sufficient adhesion between the in-mold label 3 and the resin molded body 2 is obtained. As described above, the in-mold label 3 and the labeled container 1 according to the present embodiment allow the in-mold label 3 and the resin to be protected while enabling protection and visual recognition of the print contents displayed on the print layer 11 in contact with the resin molded body 2. It also has adhesiveness with the molded body 2. In addition, since the in-mold label 3 of the present embodiment employs the above-described configuration, curling is unlikely to occur due to the influence of temperature or humidity change. This is also significant in that occurrence of appearance defects such as misalignment and wrinkles is easily suppressed.
本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、基材層21又は積層構造体に設けられた印刷層11を備え、この印刷層11が樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着することで、ラベル付き容器1を形成する。このとき、印刷層11は基材層21又は積層構造体によって保護されて、外部に露出しないため、印刷層11の耐摩擦性、耐水性が向上する。さらに、基材層21又は積層構造体の不透明度が40%以下であることにより、印刷層11に含有される色材によって呈される印刷内容を、基材層21又は積層構造体を通じて外側から視認することができる。またさらに、印刷層11がエチレン系共重合体を含有することで、印刷層11自体がヒートシール層として機能して、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との十分な接着性が得られる。このように、本実施形態のインモールドラベル3及びラベル付き容器1は、樹脂成形体2に接触する印刷層11に表示される印刷内容の保護と視認を可能としながら、インモールドラベル3と樹脂成形体2との接着性を兼ね備えたものである。また、本実施形態のインモールドラベル3は、上記構成を採用しているため、温度又は湿度変化の影響によりカールが発生し難く、これにより、熱が印加されるインモールド成形時の、ラベルの位置ズレやシワ等の外観不良の発生が抑制され易い点でも有意である。 [3. Action, effect]
The in-
[4.用途]
本発明のインモールド成形体は、例えば、家庭用洗剤、浴槽用洗剤、便器用洗剤、洗車用洗剤、洗顔剤、液体石鹸、シャンプー、リンス、消臭剤、液体入浴剤、アイロン用糊剤、殺菌用アルコール、艶出し用ワックス、殺虫剤等に用いる薬品用容器(ボトル);清涼飲料、酒、醤油、油、たれ、ソース、ドレッシング等に用いる食品用容器(ボトル);化粧品用容器(ボトル);医薬品用容器(ボトル);ジャム、マーガリン、ピーナツバター、ケチャップ、マヨネーズ等のスプレッドに用いるスクイーズ容器;アイスクリーム、ヨーグルト等の容器;洗濯洗剤、食器洗い用洗剤、ウェットティッシュ等の容器;スマートフォンケース、スマートフォンカバー等の電子機器の筐体又は外装部品;模型、人形、玩具等の中空成形品として利用可能である。 [4. Application]
The in-mold molded product of the present invention includes, for example, household detergent, bathtub detergent, toilet bowl detergent, car wash detergent, facial cleanser, liquid soap, shampoo, rinse, deodorant, liquid bath agent, iron paste, Containers for chemicals (bottles) used for alcohol for sterilization, wax for polishing, insecticides, etc .; containers for foods (bottles) used for soft drinks, sake, soy sauce, oil, sauce, sauces, dressings, etc .; containers for cosmetics (bottles) ); Pharmaceutical containers (bottles); squeeze containers used for spreads such as jam, margarine, peanut butter, ketchup, mayonnaise; containers for ice cream, yogurt, etc .; containers for laundry detergent, dishwashing detergent, wet tissue, etc .; smartphone cases , Cases and exterior parts for electronic devices such as smartphone covers; can be used as hollow molded products such as models, dolls, and toys It is.
本発明のインモールド成形体は、例えば、家庭用洗剤、浴槽用洗剤、便器用洗剤、洗車用洗剤、洗顔剤、液体石鹸、シャンプー、リンス、消臭剤、液体入浴剤、アイロン用糊剤、殺菌用アルコール、艶出し用ワックス、殺虫剤等に用いる薬品用容器(ボトル);清涼飲料、酒、醤油、油、たれ、ソース、ドレッシング等に用いる食品用容器(ボトル);化粧品用容器(ボトル);医薬品用容器(ボトル);ジャム、マーガリン、ピーナツバター、ケチャップ、マヨネーズ等のスプレッドに用いるスクイーズ容器;アイスクリーム、ヨーグルト等の容器;洗濯洗剤、食器洗い用洗剤、ウェットティッシュ等の容器;スマートフォンケース、スマートフォンカバー等の電子機器の筐体又は外装部品;模型、人形、玩具等の中空成形品として利用可能である。 [4. Application]
The in-mold molded product of the present invention includes, for example, household detergent, bathtub detergent, toilet bowl detergent, car wash detergent, facial cleanser, liquid soap, shampoo, rinse, deodorant, liquid bath agent, iron paste, Containers for chemicals (bottles) used for alcohol for sterilization, wax for polishing, insecticides, etc .; containers for foods (bottles) used for soft drinks, sake, soy sauce, oil, sauce, sauces, dressings, etc .; containers for cosmetics (bottles) ); Pharmaceutical containers (bottles); squeeze containers used for spreads such as jam, margarine, peanut butter, ketchup, mayonnaise; containers for ice cream, yogurt, etc .; containers for laundry detergent, dishwashing detergent, wet tissue, etc .; smartphone cases , Cases and exterior parts for electronic devices such as smartphone covers; can be used as hollow molded products such as models, dolls, and toys It is.
以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明する。なお、以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. In addition, the material, usage-amount, ratio, the processing content, processing procedure, etc. which are shown in the following Examples can be suitably changed unless it deviates from the meaning of this invention. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
[評価手法]
製造例a群、実施例a群、及び比較例a群、並びに製造例b群、実施例b群、及び比較例b群で得られたインモールドラベル及びラベル付き容器の評価は、以下の手法で行った。 [Evaluation method]
The evaluation of the in-mold label and the labeled container obtained in Production Example a group, Example a group, and Comparative Example a group, and Production Example b group, Example b group, and Comparative Example b group are as follows. I went there.
製造例a群、実施例a群、及び比較例a群、並びに製造例b群、実施例b群、及び比較例b群で得られたインモールドラベル及びラベル付き容器の評価は、以下の手法で行った。 [Evaluation method]
The evaluation of the in-mold label and the labeled container obtained in Production Example a group, Example a group, and Comparative Example a group, and Production Example b group, Example b group, and Comparative Example b group are as follows. I went there.
<厚さ>
JIS K 7130:1999「プラスチック-フィルム及びシート-厚さ測定方法」に準拠して、定圧厚さ測定器(株式会社テクロック製、機器名:PG-01J)を用いて、基材層の厚さ、及び積層構造体全体の厚さを測定した。
積層構造体における各層の厚さは、下記の手順で測定した。まず、測定対象試料となる積層構造体を、液体窒素を用いて-60℃以下の温度に冷却した。続いて、冷却後の測定対象試料をガラス板上に載置し、測定対象試料に対してカミソリ刃(シック・ジャパン株式会社製、商品名:プロラインブレード)を直角に当てて、測定対象試料を切断することで、断面測定用の試料を作成した。次に、この断面測定用の試料を走査型電子顕微鏡(日本電子株式会社製、機器名:JSM-6490)を使用して断面を観察した。このとき、観察像から組成の違いによる外観の違いによって境界線を判別して、フィルム全体の厚さに対する、測定対象となる層の厚さの比率を決定した。その後、全体の厚さに、断面測定用の試料の観察により決定された上記の層の厚さの比率を乗算することで、測定対象となる層の厚さを求めた。 <Thickness>
In accordance with JIS K 7130: 1999 “Plastics—Film and Sheet—Thickness Measurement Method”, the thickness of the base material layer was measured using a constant pressure thickness measuring instrument (manufactured by Teclock Co., Ltd., device name: PG-01J). And the thickness of the whole laminated structure was measured.
The thickness of each layer in the laminated structure was measured by the following procedure. First, the laminated structure serving as the measurement target sample was cooled to a temperature of −60 ° C. or lower using liquid nitrogen. Subsequently, the sample to be measured after cooling is placed on a glass plate, a razor blade (product name: Proline Blade, manufactured by Chic Japan Co., Ltd.) is applied to the sample to be measured at a right angle, and the sample to be measured is measured. A sample for cross-sectional measurement was created by cutting the. Next, the cross section of this cross section measurement sample was observed using a scanning electron microscope (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., device name: JSM-6490). At this time, the boundary line was discriminated based on the difference in appearance due to the difference in composition from the observed image, and the ratio of the thickness of the layer to be measured to the thickness of the entire film was determined. Thereafter, the thickness of the layer to be measured was obtained by multiplying the overall thickness by the ratio of the layer thicknesses determined by observing the sample for cross-sectional measurement.
JIS K 7130:1999「プラスチック-フィルム及びシート-厚さ測定方法」に準拠して、定圧厚さ測定器(株式会社テクロック製、機器名:PG-01J)を用いて、基材層の厚さ、及び積層構造体全体の厚さを測定した。
積層構造体における各層の厚さは、下記の手順で測定した。まず、測定対象試料となる積層構造体を、液体窒素を用いて-60℃以下の温度に冷却した。続いて、冷却後の測定対象試料をガラス板上に載置し、測定対象試料に対してカミソリ刃(シック・ジャパン株式会社製、商品名:プロラインブレード)を直角に当てて、測定対象試料を切断することで、断面測定用の試料を作成した。次に、この断面測定用の試料を走査型電子顕微鏡(日本電子株式会社製、機器名:JSM-6490)を使用して断面を観察した。このとき、観察像から組成の違いによる外観の違いによって境界線を判別して、フィルム全体の厚さに対する、測定対象となる層の厚さの比率を決定した。その後、全体の厚さに、断面測定用の試料の観察により決定された上記の層の厚さの比率を乗算することで、測定対象となる層の厚さを求めた。 <Thickness>
In accordance with JIS K 7130: 1999 “Plastics—Film and Sheet—Thickness Measurement Method”, the thickness of the base material layer was measured using a constant pressure thickness measuring instrument (manufactured by Teclock Co., Ltd., device name: PG-01J). And the thickness of the whole laminated structure was measured.
The thickness of each layer in the laminated structure was measured by the following procedure. First, the laminated structure serving as the measurement target sample was cooled to a temperature of −60 ° C. or lower using liquid nitrogen. Subsequently, the sample to be measured after cooling is placed on a glass plate, a razor blade (product name: Proline Blade, manufactured by Chic Japan Co., Ltd.) is applied to the sample to be measured at a right angle, and the sample to be measured is measured. A sample for cross-sectional measurement was created by cutting the. Next, the cross section of this cross section measurement sample was observed using a scanning electron microscope (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., device name: JSM-6490). At this time, the boundary line was discriminated based on the difference in appearance due to the difference in composition from the observed image, and the ratio of the thickness of the layer to be measured to the thickness of the entire film was determined. Thereafter, the thickness of the layer to be measured was obtained by multiplying the overall thickness by the ratio of the layer thicknesses determined by observing the sample for cross-sectional measurement.
<不透明度>
JIS P 8149:2000に準拠して、基材層及び積層構造体の不透明度を測定した。基材層及び積層構造体から100mm×100mm寸法の試験片を作製して、カラーメーター(スガ試験機(株)製、機器名:SMカラーコンピューター)を用いて、3箇所の不透明度を各1回測定し、全ての測定データの平均値を算出することにより求めた。基材層については、不透明度が40%以下のものを透明(○)、不透明度が40%を上回るものを不透明(×)として、透明性を判定した。 <Opacity>
In accordance with JIS P 8149: 2000, the opacity of the base material layer and the laminated structure was measured. A test piece having a size of 100 mm × 100 mm was prepared from the base material layer and the laminated structure, and the opacity at each of the three locations was set to 1 using a color meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., device name: SM color computer). Measurement was performed once, and the average value of all measurement data was calculated. Regarding the base material layer, the transparency was determined by setting the opacity of 40% or less as transparent (◯) and the opacity exceeding 40% as opaque (x).
JIS P 8149:2000に準拠して、基材層及び積層構造体の不透明度を測定した。基材層及び積層構造体から100mm×100mm寸法の試験片を作製して、カラーメーター(スガ試験機(株)製、機器名:SMカラーコンピューター)を用いて、3箇所の不透明度を各1回測定し、全ての測定データの平均値を算出することにより求めた。基材層については、不透明度が40%以下のものを透明(○)、不透明度が40%を上回るものを不透明(×)として、透明性を判定した。 <Opacity>
In accordance with JIS P 8149: 2000, the opacity of the base material layer and the laminated structure was measured. A test piece having a size of 100 mm × 100 mm was prepared from the base material layer and the laminated structure, and the opacity at each of the three locations was set to 1 using a color meter (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., device name: SM color computer). Measurement was performed once, and the average value of all measurement data was calculated. Regarding the base material layer, the transparency was determined by setting the opacity of 40% or less as transparent (◯) and the opacity exceeding 40% as opaque (x).
<接着強度>
JIS K6854-3:1999に準拠して、樹脂成形体とインモールドラベルとの接着強度を測定した。樹脂成形体に貼着されたインモールドラベルを15mm幅に切り取り、インモールドラベルと樹脂成形体との間の接着強度を、引張試験機((株)島津製作所製、機器名:オートグラフ AGS-D形)を用いて、300mm/minの引張速度でT形剥離することにより求めた。 <Adhesive strength>
Based on JIS K6854-3: 1999, the adhesive strength between the resin molded body and the in-mold label was measured. The in-mold label attached to the resin molded body was cut to a width of 15 mm, and the adhesion strength between the in-mold label and the resin molded body was measured using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, device name: Autograph AGS- D-type) and T-type peeling at a tensile speed of 300 mm / min.
JIS K6854-3:1999に準拠して、樹脂成形体とインモールドラベルとの接着強度を測定した。樹脂成形体に貼着されたインモールドラベルを15mm幅に切り取り、インモールドラベルと樹脂成形体との間の接着強度を、引張試験機((株)島津製作所製、機器名:オートグラフ AGS-D形)を用いて、300mm/minの引張速度でT形剥離することにより求めた。 <Adhesive strength>
Based on JIS K6854-3: 1999, the adhesive strength between the resin molded body and the in-mold label was measured. The in-mold label attached to the resin molded body was cut to a width of 15 mm, and the adhesion strength between the in-mold label and the resin molded body was measured using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, device name: Autograph AGS- D-type) and T-type peeling at a tensile speed of 300 mm / min.
<耐摩擦性>
樹脂成形体に貼着されたインモールドラベルを25mm幅に切り取り、学振形染色摩擦堅ろう度試験機(スガ試験器社製、機器名:摩擦試験機II形)に取り付け、白綿布カナキン3号を荷重500gでインモールドラベル側を100回摩擦試験し、インク脱落の有無を目視で評価して以下の基準で判定した。
○:良好(インクの脱落は認められない。)
△:やや不良(インク面に傷が入る。)
×:不良(インクが脱落する。) <Abrasion resistance>
The in-mold label affixed to the resin molded product is cut to a width of 25 mm and attached to a Gakushin type dyeing friction fastness tester (Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., equipment name: friction tester type II), white cotton cloth Kanakin No. 3 The in-mold label side was subjected to afriction test 100 times with a load of 500 g, and the presence or absence of ink dropout was visually evaluated and judged according to the following criteria.
○: Good (no ink drop off is observed)
Δ: Slightly poor (scratches on the ink surface)
X: Defect (ink drops off)
樹脂成形体に貼着されたインモールドラベルを25mm幅に切り取り、学振形染色摩擦堅ろう度試験機(スガ試験器社製、機器名:摩擦試験機II形)に取り付け、白綿布カナキン3号を荷重500gでインモールドラベル側を100回摩擦試験し、インク脱落の有無を目視で評価して以下の基準で判定した。
○:良好(インクの脱落は認められない。)
△:やや不良(インク面に傷が入る。)
×:不良(インクが脱落する。) <Abrasion resistance>
The in-mold label affixed to the resin molded product is cut to a width of 25 mm and attached to a Gakushin type dyeing friction fastness tester (Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd., equipment name: friction tester type II), white cotton cloth Kanakin No. 3 The in-mold label side was subjected to a
○: Good (no ink drop off is observed)
Δ: Slightly poor (scratches on the ink surface)
X: Defect (ink drops off)
<視認性>
樹脂成形体に貼着されたインモールドラベルの印刷箇所(黒インクで6ptのフォントで印刷した文字)の外観を目視にて確認し、実施例a群、及び比較例a群、並びに実施例b群、及び比較例b群について、それぞれ以下の基準で判定した。
(実施例a群、及び比較例a群)
○:良好(成形後に、文字の色、濃度に大きな変化無く視認できる)
△:やや不良(成形後に、文字の色、濃度がやや変化する)
×:不良(成形後に、文字の色、濃度が明らかに薄く見える)
××:極めて不良(成形後に、文字が視認できない)
(実施例b群、及び比較例b群)
○:良好(成形後に、文字が視認できる)
×:不良(成形後に、文字が視認できない) <Visibility>
The appearance of the printed portion of the in-mold label attached to the resin molded body (characters printed with black ink in a 6 pt font) was visually confirmed, and Example a group, Comparative Example a group, and Example b About the group and the comparative example b group, it determined on the following references | standards, respectively.
(Example a group and Comparative example a group)
○: Good (can be visually recognized without significant change in character color and density after molding)
Δ: Slightly poor (character color and density slightly change after molding)
X: Defect (the color and density of characters appear clearly light after molding)
XX: Extremely bad (characters are not visible after molding)
(Example b group and Comparative example b group)
○: Good (characters can be visually recognized after molding)
X: Defect (characters are not visible after molding)
樹脂成形体に貼着されたインモールドラベルの印刷箇所(黒インクで6ptのフォントで印刷した文字)の外観を目視にて確認し、実施例a群、及び比較例a群、並びに実施例b群、及び比較例b群について、それぞれ以下の基準で判定した。
(実施例a群、及び比較例a群)
○:良好(成形後に、文字の色、濃度に大きな変化無く視認できる)
△:やや不良(成形後に、文字の色、濃度がやや変化する)
×:不良(成形後に、文字の色、濃度が明らかに薄く見える)
××:極めて不良(成形後に、文字が視認できない)
(実施例b群、及び比較例b群)
○:良好(成形後に、文字が視認できる)
×:不良(成形後に、文字が視認できない) <Visibility>
The appearance of the printed portion of the in-mold label attached to the resin molded body (characters printed with black ink in a 6 pt font) was visually confirmed, and Example a group, Comparative Example a group, and Example b About the group and the comparative example b group, it determined on the following references | standards, respectively.
(Example a group and Comparative example a group)
○: Good (can be visually recognized without significant change in character color and density after molding)
Δ: Slightly poor (character color and density slightly change after molding)
X: Defect (the color and density of characters appear clearly light after molding)
XX: Extremely bad (characters are not visible after molding)
(Example b group and Comparative example b group)
○: Good (characters can be visually recognized after molding)
X: Defect (characters are not visible after molding)
〔製造例a群、実施例a群、及び比較例a群(2層タイプ)〕
[基材層の製造]
表1に、製造例a群、実施例a群、及び比較例a群において使用した材料の詳細を示す。 [Production example a group, Example a group, and Comparative example a group (two-layer type)]
[Manufacture of base material layer]
Table 1 shows the details of the materials used in Production Example a group, Example a group, and Comparative Example a group.
[基材層の製造]
表1に、製造例a群、実施例a群、及び比較例a群において使用した材料の詳細を示す。 [Production example a group, Example a group, and Comparative example a group (two-layer type)]
[Manufacture of base material layer]
Table 1 shows the details of the materials used in Production Example a group, Example a group, and Comparative Example a group.
<製造例a1(基材層)>
基材層の製造例a1では、基材層を構成する樹脂A1として、メタロセン系ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、カーネル KF360T)を用いた。樹脂A1を、230℃に設定した押出機にて混練した。その後、250℃に設定した一台の共押出ダイに供給し、シート状に押出し、これを冷却装置により冷却して1層からなる製造例a1の基材層を得た。製造例a1の基材層は、厚さが80μmであった。 <Production example a1 (base material layer)>
In Production Example a1 of the base material layer, metallocene polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., Kernel KF360T) was used as the resin A1 constituting the base material layer. Resin A1 was kneaded in an extruder set at 230 ° C. Then, it supplied to one coextrusion die set to 250 degreeC, extruded to the sheet form, this was cooled with the cooling device, and the base material layer of manufacture example a1 which consists of one layer was obtained. The base material layer of Production Example a1 had a thickness of 80 μm.
基材層の製造例a1では、基材層を構成する樹脂A1として、メタロセン系ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、カーネル KF360T)を用いた。樹脂A1を、230℃に設定した押出機にて混練した。その後、250℃に設定した一台の共押出ダイに供給し、シート状に押出し、これを冷却装置により冷却して1層からなる製造例a1の基材層を得た。製造例a1の基材層は、厚さが80μmであった。 <Production example a1 (base material layer)>
In Production Example a1 of the base material layer, metallocene polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., Kernel KF360T) was used as the resin A1 constituting the base material layer. Resin A1 was kneaded in an extruder set at 230 ° C. Then, it supplied to one coextrusion die set to 250 degreeC, extruded to the sheet form, this was cooled with the cooling device, and the base material layer of manufacture example a1 which consists of one layer was obtained. The base material layer of Production Example a1 had a thickness of 80 μm.
<製造例a2~a5(基材層)>
上述の基材層の製造例a1において、基材層を構成する樹脂A1に代えて、表1に記載の樹脂A2~A5をそれぞれ用いた以外は、製造例a1と同様に行い、製造例a2~a5の基材層を製造した。製造例a2~a5の基材層はいずれも、基材層全体の厚さが80μmであった。 <Production Examples a2 to a5 (base material layer)>
In Production Example a1 of the base material layer described above, Production Example a2 was carried out in the same manner as Production Example a1, except that resins A2 to A5 shown in Table 1 were used instead of resin A1 constituting the base material layer. A substrate layer of .about.a5 was produced. In all of the base material layers of Production Examples a2 to a5, the total thickness of the base material layer was 80 μm.
上述の基材層の製造例a1において、基材層を構成する樹脂A1に代えて、表1に記載の樹脂A2~A5をそれぞれ用いた以外は、製造例a1と同様に行い、製造例a2~a5の基材層を製造した。製造例a2~a5の基材層はいずれも、基材層全体の厚さが80μmであった。 <Production Examples a2 to a5 (base material layer)>
In Production Example a1 of the base material layer described above, Production Example a2 was carried out in the same manner as Production Example a1, except that resins A2 to A5 shown in Table 1 were used instead of resin A1 constituting the base material layer. A substrate layer of .about.a5 was produced. In all of the base material layers of Production Examples a2 to a5, the total thickness of the base material layer was 80 μm.
<製造例a6(基材層)>
上述の基材層の製造例a1において、基材層を構成する樹脂A1に代えて、表1に記載の炭酸カルシウムを含む樹脂組成物A6を用いた以外は、製造例a1と同様に行い、製造例a6の基材層を製造した。製造例a6の基材層は、基材層全体の厚さが80μmであった。 <Production Example a6 (base material layer)>
In the production example a1 of the base material layer described above, the same procedure as in Production Example a1 was performed except that the resin composition A6 containing calcium carbonate described in Table 1 was used instead of the resin A1 constituting the base material layer. The base material layer of Production Example a6 was produced. In the base material layer of Production Example a6, the thickness of the whole base material layer was 80 μm.
上述の基材層の製造例a1において、基材層を構成する樹脂A1に代えて、表1に記載の炭酸カルシウムを含む樹脂組成物A6を用いた以外は、製造例a1と同様に行い、製造例a6の基材層を製造した。製造例a6の基材層は、基材層全体の厚さが80μmであった。 <Production Example a6 (base material layer)>
In the production example a1 of the base material layer described above, the same procedure as in Production Example a1 was performed except that the resin composition A6 containing calcium carbonate described in Table 1 was used instead of the resin A1 constituting the base material layer. The base material layer of Production Example a6 was produced. In the base material layer of Production Example a6, the thickness of the whole base material layer was 80 μm.
[インモールドラベルの作製]
<実施例a1(インモールドラベル)>
インモールドラベルの実施例a1では、トナー組成物B1として、色材を含んだエチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体(Hewlett-Packard Indigo B.V製、商品名:HP ElectroInk Black)を用いた。このトナー組成物B1を、HP Indigo WS6800印刷機(Hewlett-Packard Inc.)を使用して、製造例a1の基材層に印刷を行うことで、印刷層を形成した。印刷後に打ち抜き加工を行い、実施例a1のインモールドラベルを得た。このとき、印刷は、温度23℃、相対湿度50%環境下で実施した。また、印刷条件はブランケット温度105℃、転写圧200kgで実施した。また、インク濃度(網点面積率)が100%のベタ印刷を行った。図2に示すように、実施例a1のインモールドラベル3aの層構成は、印刷層11と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。なお、図7に示すように、実施例a1のインモールドラベル3aは、基材層21を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させた場合には、ラベル付き容器100を形成するものでもある。このとき印刷層11は外方に向けて露出する。 [Production of in-mold labels]
<Example a1 (in-mold label)>
In Example a1 of an in-mold label, an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer (made by Hewlett-Packard Indigo BV, trade name: HP ElectroInk Black) containing a coloring material was used as the toner composition B1. This toner composition B1 was printed on the base material layer of Production Example a1 using an HP Indigo WS6800 printing press (Hewlett-Packard Inc.) to form a printed layer. Punching was performed after printing to obtain an in-mold label of Example a1. At this time, printing was performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. The printing conditions were a blanket temperature of 105 ° C. and a transfer pressure of 200 kg. Further, solid printing with an ink density (halftone dot area ratio) of 100% was performed. As shown in FIG. 2, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 a of Example a1 includes a printing layer 11 and a base material layer 21, and the printing layer 11 is provided over the entire surface of the base material layer 21. It corresponds to an aspect. In addition, as shown in FIG. 7, the in-mold label 3a of Example a1 forms the container 100 with a label, when the base material layer 21 is heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2. . At this time, the printing layer 11 is exposed outward.
<実施例a1(インモールドラベル)>
インモールドラベルの実施例a1では、トナー組成物B1として、色材を含んだエチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体(Hewlett-Packard Indigo B.V製、商品名:HP ElectroInk Black)を用いた。このトナー組成物B1を、HP Indigo WS6800印刷機(Hewlett-Packard Inc.)を使用して、製造例a1の基材層に印刷を行うことで、印刷層を形成した。印刷後に打ち抜き加工を行い、実施例a1のインモールドラベルを得た。このとき、印刷は、温度23℃、相対湿度50%環境下で実施した。また、印刷条件はブランケット温度105℃、転写圧200kgで実施した。また、インク濃度(網点面積率)が100%のベタ印刷を行った。図2に示すように、実施例a1のインモールドラベル3aの層構成は、印刷層11と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。なお、図7に示すように、実施例a1のインモールドラベル3aは、基材層21を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させた場合には、ラベル付き容器100を形成するものでもある。このとき印刷層11は外方に向けて露出する。 [Production of in-mold labels]
<Example a1 (in-mold label)>
In Example a1 of an in-mold label, an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer (made by Hewlett-Packard Indigo BV, trade name: HP ElectroInk Black) containing a coloring material was used as the toner composition B1. This toner composition B1 was printed on the base material layer of Production Example a1 using an HP Indigo WS6800 printing press (Hewlett-Packard Inc.) to form a printed layer. Punching was performed after printing to obtain an in-mold label of Example a1. At this time, printing was performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. The printing conditions were a blanket temperature of 105 ° C. and a transfer pressure of 200 kg. Further, solid printing with an ink density (halftone dot area ratio) of 100% was performed. As shown in FIG. 2, the layer configuration of the in-
<実施例a2(インモールドラベル)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、網点面積率が100%のベタ印刷に代えて、網点面積率が50%の印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、実施例a2のインモールドラベルを得た。図3に示すように、実施例a2のインモールドラベル3aの層構成は、印刷層11と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面に部分的又は断続的に印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。 <Example a2 (in-mold label)>
In Example a1 of the above-described in-mold label, the printing was performed in the same manner as in Example a1, except that printing with a dot area ratio of 50% was performed instead of solid printing with a dot area ratio of 100%. An in-mold label a2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 3, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 a of Example a2 includes a printing layer 11 and a base material layer 21, and the printing layer 11 is partially or intermittently provided on one surface of the base material layer 21. It corresponds to the aspect provided.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、網点面積率が100%のベタ印刷に代えて、網点面積率が50%の印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、実施例a2のインモールドラベルを得た。図3に示すように、実施例a2のインモールドラベル3aの層構成は、印刷層11と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面に部分的又は断続的に印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。 <Example a2 (in-mold label)>
In Example a1 of the above-described in-mold label, the printing was performed in the same manner as in Example a1, except that printing with a dot area ratio of 50% was performed instead of solid printing with a dot area ratio of 100%. An in-mold label a2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 3, the layer configuration of the in-
<実施例a3(インモールドラベル)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a2において、製造例a1の基材層に代えて、製造例a2の基材層に印刷を行った以外は、実施例a2と同様に行い、実施例a3のインモールドラベルを得た。実施例a3のインモールドラベルの層構成は、実施例a2と同様の層構成に該当する。 <Example a3 (in-mold label)>
In Example a2 of the in-mold label described above, except that printing was performed on the base material layer of Production Example a2 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a2 was performed. A mold label was obtained. The layer configuration of the in-mold label in Example a3 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example a2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a2において、製造例a1の基材層に代えて、製造例a2の基材層に印刷を行った以外は、実施例a2と同様に行い、実施例a3のインモールドラベルを得た。実施例a3のインモールドラベルの層構成は、実施例a2と同様の層構成に該当する。 <Example a3 (in-mold label)>
In Example a2 of the in-mold label described above, except that printing was performed on the base material layer of Production Example a2 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a2 was performed. A mold label was obtained. The layer configuration of the in-mold label in Example a3 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example a2.
<実施例a4~a6(インモールドラベル)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、製造例a1の基材層に代えて、製造例a3~a5の基材層にそれぞれ印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、実施例a4~a6のインモールドラベルを得た。実施例a4~a6のインモールドラベルの層構成は、実施例a1と同様の層構成に該当する。 <Examples a4 to a6 (in-mold label)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, Example 1 was performed in the same manner as Example a1 except that printing was performed on the base material layers of Production Examples a3 to a5 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1. In-mold labels a4 to a6 were obtained. The layer configuration of the in-mold label in Examples a4 to a6 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example a1.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、製造例a1の基材層に代えて、製造例a3~a5の基材層にそれぞれ印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、実施例a4~a6のインモールドラベルを得た。実施例a4~a6のインモールドラベルの層構成は、実施例a1と同様の層構成に該当する。 <Examples a4 to a6 (in-mold label)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, Example 1 was performed in the same manner as Example a1 except that printing was performed on the base material layers of Production Examples a3 to a5 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1. In-mold labels a4 to a6 were obtained. The layer configuration of the in-mold label in Examples a4 to a6 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example a1.
<比較例a1(インモールドラベル/酸化重合タイプのインキ使用)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B2として、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂(酸化重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:BEST ONE ベストSP)を用いて、このインク組成物B2を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、比較例a1のインモールドラベルを得た。図5に示すように、比較例a1のインモールドラベル102の層構成は、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂を含有するインク印刷層111と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層111が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例a1のインモールドラベル102は、インク印刷層111を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器101を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example a1 (Use of in-mold label / oxidized polymerization type ink)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, a rosin-modified phenolic resin (oxidation polymerization type) containing a color material (Oxide Polymerization Type) (T & K TOKA Corporation) was used as the ink composition B2 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer. Example a1 except that this ink composition B2 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., equipment name: RYOBI3300CR) using a product manufactured by Trade Name: BEST ONE Best SP). The in-mold label of Comparative Example a1 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 5, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 102 of Comparative Example a1 includes an ink print layer 111 containing a rosin-modified phenol resin containing a color material, and a base material layer 21. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink printing layer 111 is provided over the entire surface of the ink. The in-mold label 102 of Comparative Example a1 forms the labeled container 101 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 111 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B2として、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂(酸化重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:BEST ONE ベストSP)を用いて、このインク組成物B2を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、比較例a1のインモールドラベルを得た。図5に示すように、比較例a1のインモールドラベル102の層構成は、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂を含有するインク印刷層111と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層111が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例a1のインモールドラベル102は、インク印刷層111を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器101を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example a1 (Use of in-mold label / oxidized polymerization type ink)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, a rosin-modified phenolic resin (oxidation polymerization type) containing a color material (Oxide Polymerization Type) (T & K TOKA Corporation) was used as the ink composition B2 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer. Example a1 except that this ink composition B2 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., equipment name: RYOBI3300CR) using a product manufactured by Trade Name: BEST ONE Best SP). The in-mold label of Comparative Example a1 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 5, the layer configuration of the in-
<比較例a2(インモールドラベル/光重合タイプのインキ使用)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B3として、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマー(光重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:UV161)を用いて、このインク組成物B3を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、比較例a2のインモールドラベルを得た。図6に示すように、比較例a2のインモールドラベル104の層構成は、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマーを含有するインク印刷層112と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層112が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例a2のインモールドラベル104は、インク印刷層112を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器103を形成するものである。 <Comparative example a2 (in-mold label / photopolymerization type ink use)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, an acrylic ester oligomer (photopolymerization type) containing a color material (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) was used as the ink composition B3 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer. The product was manufactured in the same manner as in Example a1, except that this ink composition B3 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., device name: RYOBI3300CR). The in-mold label of Comparative Example a2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 6, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 104 of Comparative Example a2 includes an ink print layer 112 containing an acrylic ester oligomer containing a coloring material, and a base material layer 21. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink printing layer 112 is provided over the entire surface. The in-mold label 104 of the comparative example a2 forms the labeled container 103 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 112 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B3として、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマー(光重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:UV161)を用いて、このインク組成物B3を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、比較例a2のインモールドラベルを得た。図6に示すように、比較例a2のインモールドラベル104の層構成は、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマーを含有するインク印刷層112と基材層21とを有し、基材層21の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層112が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例a2のインモールドラベル104は、インク印刷層112を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器103を形成するものである。 <Comparative example a2 (in-mold label / photopolymerization type ink use)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, an acrylic ester oligomer (photopolymerization type) containing a color material (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) was used as the ink composition B3 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer. The product was manufactured in the same manner as in Example a1, except that this ink composition B3 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., device name: RYOBI3300CR). The in-mold label of Comparative Example a2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 6, the layer configuration of the in-
<比較例a3(インモールドラベル/炭酸カルシウム含有)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、製造例a1の基材層に代えて、製造例a6の基材層に印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、比較例a3のインモールドラベルを得た。図8に示すように、比較例a3のインモールドラベル106の層構成は、印刷層11と炭酸カルシウムを含む基材層121とを有し、基材層121の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例a3のインモールドラベル106は、印刷層11を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器105を形成するものである。 <Comparative example a3 (in-mold label / calcium carbonate-containing)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, except that printing was performed on the base material layer of Production Example a6 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a1 was performed, and A mold label was obtained. As shown in FIG. 8, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 106 of the comparative example a3 includes the printing layer 11 and the base material layer 121 containing calcium carbonate, and the printing layer 11 covers the entire surface of the base material layer 121. It corresponds to the aspect provided. The in-mold label 106 of the comparative example a3 forms the labeled container 105 by thermally fusing the printing layer 11 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例a1において、製造例a1の基材層に代えて、製造例a6の基材層に印刷を行った以外は、実施例a1と同様に行い、比較例a3のインモールドラベルを得た。図8に示すように、比較例a3のインモールドラベル106の層構成は、印刷層11と炭酸カルシウムを含む基材層121とを有し、基材層121の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例a3のインモールドラベル106は、印刷層11を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器105を形成するものである。 <Comparative example a3 (in-mold label / calcium carbonate-containing)>
In Example a1 of the in-mold label described above, except that printing was performed on the base material layer of Production Example a6 instead of the base material layer of Production Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a1 was performed, and A mold label was obtained. As shown in FIG. 8, the layer configuration of the in-
[ラベル付き成形品の製造]
<実施例a11(ラベル付き成形品)>
成形用樹脂C1として、高密度ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、商品名:ノバテックHD HJ490)を用いて、長さ130mm×幅150mm×厚さ2mmの試験片成形用金型の一面に、実施例a1のインモールドラベル(70mm×90mm)を、基材層の側が金型に接するように手挿入して設置し、このインモールドラベルを金型に吸引固定した。次いで、金型を型締めし、インジェクション成形機(新潟鐵工所製)によって射出圧力750kgf/cm2の条件で、230℃で溶融させた樹脂C1の射出成形を行った。成形後、金型を冷却し、金型を開放し、実施例a11のラベル付き試験片を得た。
この試験片は図2に示すのと同等の構造となっている。この試験片につき、ラベルの接着強度、耐摩擦性、視認性を評価した。試験片を用いた評価結果から、本発明のインモールドラベルはラベル付き容器に好適に使用できることが分かる。 [Manufacture of labeled molded products]
<Example a11 (molded article with label)>
Using a high-density polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec HD HJ490) as the molding resin C1, it was carried out on one side of a mold for molding a test piece of length 130 mm × width 150 mm ×thickness 2 mm. The in-mold label (70 mm × 90 mm) of Example a1 was manually inserted so that the base layer side was in contact with the mold, and this in-mold label was sucked and fixed to the mold. Next, the mold was clamped, and injection molding of the resin C1 melted at 230 ° C. was performed under an injection pressure of 750 kgf / cm 2 by an injection molding machine (manufactured by Niigata Steel). After molding, the mold was cooled, the mold was opened, and the labeled test piece of Example a11 was obtained.
This test piece has a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. About this test piece, the adhesive strength of the label, friction resistance, and visibility were evaluated. From the evaluation results using the test pieces, it can be seen that the in-mold label of the present invention can be suitably used for a labeled container.
<実施例a11(ラベル付き成形品)>
成形用樹脂C1として、高密度ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、商品名:ノバテックHD HJ490)を用いて、長さ130mm×幅150mm×厚さ2mmの試験片成形用金型の一面に、実施例a1のインモールドラベル(70mm×90mm)を、基材層の側が金型に接するように手挿入して設置し、このインモールドラベルを金型に吸引固定した。次いで、金型を型締めし、インジェクション成形機(新潟鐵工所製)によって射出圧力750kgf/cm2の条件で、230℃で溶融させた樹脂C1の射出成形を行った。成形後、金型を冷却し、金型を開放し、実施例a11のラベル付き試験片を得た。
この試験片は図2に示すのと同等の構造となっている。この試験片につき、ラベルの接着強度、耐摩擦性、視認性を評価した。試験片を用いた評価結果から、本発明のインモールドラベルはラベル付き容器に好適に使用できることが分かる。 [Manufacture of labeled molded products]
<Example a11 (molded article with label)>
Using a high-density polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec HD HJ490) as the molding resin C1, it was carried out on one side of a mold for molding a test piece of length 130 mm × width 150 mm ×
This test piece has a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. About this test piece, the adhesive strength of the label, friction resistance, and visibility were evaluated. From the evaluation results using the test pieces, it can be seen that the in-mold label of the present invention can be suitably used for a labeled container.
<実施例a12,a13(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a11において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表1に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例a11と同様に行い、図2に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a12,a13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples a12 and a13 (molded products with labels)>
In the above-mentioned Example a11, it replaced with resin C1 which comprises a resin molding, and it carried out similarly to Example a11 except having used resin C2, C3 of Table 1, respectively, and is equivalent to having shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples a12 and a13 having the structure:
上述の実施例a11において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表1に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例a11と同様に行い、図2に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a12,a13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples a12 and a13 (molded products with labels)>
In the above-mentioned Example a11, it replaced with resin C1 which comprises a resin molding, and it carried out similarly to Example a11 except having used resin C2, C3 of Table 1, respectively, and is equivalent to having shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples a12 and a13 having the structure:
<実施例a14(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a11において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例a2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a11と同様に行い、図4に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Example a14 (molded article with label)>
In Example a11 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example a2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a11 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 4 was the same. Then, a labeled test piece of Example a14 was obtained.
上述の実施例a11において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例a2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a11と同様に行い、図4に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Example a14 (molded article with label)>
In Example a11 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example a2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a11 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 4 was the same. Then, a labeled test piece of Example a14 was obtained.
<実施例a15,a16(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a14において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表1に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例a14と同様に行い、図4に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a15,a16のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples a15 and a16 (molded products with labels)>
In Example a14 described above, the procedure was the same as Example a14 except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 1 were used instead of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples a15 and a16 having the structure:
上述の実施例a14において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表1に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例a14と同様に行い、図4に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a15,a16のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples a15 and a16 (molded products with labels)>
In Example a14 described above, the procedure was the same as Example a14 except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 1 were used instead of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples a15 and a16 having the structure:
<実施例a17(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a16において、実施例a2のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例a3のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a16と同様に行い、図4に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a17のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Example a17 (molded article with label)>
In Example a16 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example a3 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a2, the same procedure as in Example a16 was performed, and the structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 4 was obtained. Thus, a labeled test piece of Example a17 was obtained.
上述の実施例a16において、実施例a2のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例a3のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a16と同様に行い、図4に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a17のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Example a17 (molded article with label)>
In Example a16 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example a3 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a2, the same procedure as in Example a16 was performed, and the structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 4 was obtained. Thus, a labeled test piece of Example a17 was obtained.
<実施例a18~a20(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例a4~a6のインモールドラベルをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図2に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a18~a20のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples a18 to a20 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed, except that the in-mold labels of Examples a4 to a6 were used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples a18 to a20 having the structure were obtained.
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例a4~a6のインモールドラベルをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図2に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例a18~a20のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples a18 to a20 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed, except that the in-mold labels of Examples a4 to a6 were used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples a18 to a20 having the structure were obtained.
<比較例a11(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例a1のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図5に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a11のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative example a11 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a1 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 5 was equivalent. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a11 was obtained.
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例a1のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図5に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a11のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative example a11 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a1 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 5 was equivalent. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a11 was obtained.
<比較例a12(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例a2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図6に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a12のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example a12 (molded product with label)>
In Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 6 was the same. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a12 was obtained.
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例a2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図6に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a12のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example a12 (molded product with label)>
In Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 6 was the same. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a12 was obtained.
<比較例a13(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルを基材層の側が金型に接するように手挿入することに代えて、実施例a1のインモールドラベルを印刷層の側が金型に接するように手挿入した以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図7に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative example a13 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, instead of manually inserting the in-mold label of Example a1 so that the base layer side is in contact with the mold, the in-mold label of Example a1 is in contact with the mold. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a13 having the same structure as that shown in FIG. 7 was obtained except that it was manually inserted.
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルを基材層の側が金型に接するように手挿入することに代えて、実施例a1のインモールドラベルを印刷層の側が金型に接するように手挿入した以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図7に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative example a13 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, instead of manually inserting the in-mold label of Example a1 so that the base layer side is in contact with the mold, the in-mold label of Example a1 is in contact with the mold. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a13 having the same structure as that shown in FIG. 7 was obtained except that it was manually inserted.
<比較例a14(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例a3のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図8に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example a14 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a3 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 8 was equivalent. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a14 was obtained.
上述の実施例a13において、実施例a1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例a3のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例a13と同様に行い、図8に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例a14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example a14 (molded article with label)>
In Example a13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example a3 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example a1, the same procedure as in Example a13 was performed and the structure shown in FIG. 8 was equivalent. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example a14 was obtained.
[評価]
表2に、ラベル付き成形品の構成、及び評価結果を示す。 [Evaluation]
Table 2 shows the configuration of the labeled molded product and the evaluation results.
表2に、ラベル付き成形品の構成、及び評価結果を示す。 [Evaluation]
Table 2 shows the configuration of the labeled molded product and the evaluation results.
表2から明らかなように、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する印刷層を備える実施例a1~a6のインモールドラベルを用いた、実施例a11~a20のラベル付き成形品は、いずれも接着強度が200gf/15mm以上であり、実用上十分な接着性を有している。また、これらのラベル付き成形品は、耐摩擦性、視認性においても優れており、インモールドラベルと樹脂成形体とが接触する側に表示される印刷内容の保護と視認を可能としながら、樹脂成形体との接着性を兼ね備えたものであることが分かる。そして、印刷層を介して熱融着することで、実施例a11~a16及びa18~a20では接着強度が500gf/15mm以上という極めて高い接着性が発揮されること、並びに、樹脂同士の相溶性が低いと考えられる実施例a17においても十分な接着性が発揮されることが、それぞれ確認された。さらに、実施例a14~a17の結果から、印刷層を部分的に設けた場合であっても、良好な接着性が得られることが分かる。
As is apparent from Table 2, all of the labeled molded articles of Examples a11 to a20 using the in-mold labels of Examples a1 to a6 provided with a printing layer containing a color material and an ethylene copolymer. Adhesive strength is 200gf / 15mm or more, and has practically sufficient adhesiveness. In addition, these molded articles with labels are excellent in friction resistance and visibility, and the resin content can be protected and visually recognized on the side where the in-mold label and the resin molded body come into contact with each other. It turns out that it has what has adhesiveness with a molded object. In Examples a11 to a16 and a18 to a20, the adhesive strength of 500 gf / 15 mm or more is exhibited by heat-sealing through the printed layer, and the compatibility between the resins is high. It was confirmed that sufficient adhesiveness was also exhibited in Example a17, which is considered to be low. Furthermore, from the results of Examples a14 to a17, it can be seen that good adhesion can be obtained even when the printing layer is partially provided.
一方、比較例a1,a2のインモールドラベルを用いた比較例a11,a12のラベル付き成形品は、インク印刷層を樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着させたものであるが、十分な接着強度が得られなかった。また、比較例a13のラベル付き成形品は、印刷層がラベル付き成形品の外表面に配置されて印刷内容が露出しているため、耐摩耗性が不良であった。また、比較例a3のインモールドラベルを用いた比較例a14のラベル付き成形品は、基材層が炭酸カルシウムを多く含むため透明性が低下し、視認性は極めて不良であった。
On the other hand, the labeled molded products of Comparative Examples a11 and a12 using the in-mold labels of Comparative Examples a1 and a2 are obtained by heat-sealing the ink print layer to the wall surface of the resin molded body, but have sufficient adhesive strength. Was not obtained. Further, the labeled molded product of Comparative Example a13 had poor wear resistance because the printed layer was disposed on the outer surface of the labeled molded product and the printed content was exposed. Moreover, the labeled molded product of Comparative Example a14 using the in-mold label of Comparative Example a3 had poor transparency because the substrate layer contained a large amount of calcium carbonate, and the visibility was extremely poor.
〔製造例b群、実施例b群、及び比較例b群(3層タイプ)〕
[積層構造体の製造]
表3に、製造例b群、実施例b群、及び比較例b群において使用した材料の詳細を示す。 [Manufacturing example b group, Example b group, and Comparative example b group (three-layer type)]
[Manufacture of laminated structure]
Table 3 shows details of materials used in Production Example b group, Example b group, and Comparative Example b group.
[積層構造体の製造]
表3に、製造例b群、実施例b群、及び比較例b群において使用した材料の詳細を示す。 [Manufacturing example b group, Example b group, and Comparative example b group (three-layer type)]
[Manufacture of laminated structure]
Table 3 shows details of materials used in Production Example b group, Example b group, and Comparative Example b group.
<製造例b1(積層構造体)>
積層構造体の製造例b1では、基材層を構成する樹脂D1として、プロピレン単独重合体(日本ポリプロ(株)製、商品名:ノバテックPP FY4)を用いた。また、インク受容層を構成する樹脂E1として、メタロセン系ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、商品名:カーネル KS340T)を用いた。これらの樹脂D1と樹脂E1とを、それぞれ230℃に設定した押出機にて混練した。その後、250℃に設定した一台の共押出ダイに供給し、ダイ内でD1/E1の2層に積層したものをシート状に押出し、これを冷却装置により冷却して2層からなる製造例b1の積層構造体を得た。製造例b1の積層構造体は、積層構造体全体の厚さが79μmであり、基材層の厚さが67μm、インク受容層の厚さが12μmであった。 <Production example b1 (laminated structure)>
In Production Example b1 of the laminated structure, a propylene homopolymer (manufactured by Nippon Polypro Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec PP FY4) was used as the resin D1 constituting the base material layer. Further, as the resin E1 constituting the ink receiving layer, metallocene polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Kernel KS340T) was used. These resin D1 and resin E1 were kneaded in an extruder set at 230 ° C., respectively. Then, it is supplied to a single coextrusion die set at 250 ° C., and is laminated into two layers of D1 / E1 in the die and extruded into a sheet shape. A laminated structure of b1 was obtained. In the laminated structure of Production Example b1, the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 μm, the thickness of the base material layer was 67 μm, and the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 μm.
積層構造体の製造例b1では、基材層を構成する樹脂D1として、プロピレン単独重合体(日本ポリプロ(株)製、商品名:ノバテックPP FY4)を用いた。また、インク受容層を構成する樹脂E1として、メタロセン系ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、商品名:カーネル KS340T)を用いた。これらの樹脂D1と樹脂E1とを、それぞれ230℃に設定した押出機にて混練した。その後、250℃に設定した一台の共押出ダイに供給し、ダイ内でD1/E1の2層に積層したものをシート状に押出し、これを冷却装置により冷却して2層からなる製造例b1の積層構造体を得た。製造例b1の積層構造体は、積層構造体全体の厚さが79μmであり、基材層の厚さが67μm、インク受容層の厚さが12μmであった。 <Production example b1 (laminated structure)>
In Production Example b1 of the laminated structure, a propylene homopolymer (manufactured by Nippon Polypro Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec PP FY4) was used as the resin D1 constituting the base material layer. Further, as the resin E1 constituting the ink receiving layer, metallocene polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Kernel KS340T) was used. These resin D1 and resin E1 were kneaded in an extruder set at 230 ° C., respectively. Then, it is supplied to a single coextrusion die set at 250 ° C., and is laminated into two layers of D1 / E1 in the die and extruded into a sheet shape. A laminated structure of b1 was obtained. In the laminated structure of Production Example b1, the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 μm, the thickness of the base material layer was 67 μm, and the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 μm.
<製造例b2~b5(積層構造体)>
上述の積層構造体の製造例b1において、インク受容層を構成する樹脂E1に代えて、表3に記載の樹脂E2~E5をそれぞれ用いた以外は、製造例b1と同様に行い、製造例b2~b5の積層構造体を製造した。製造例b2~b5の積層構造体はいずれも、積層構造体全体の厚さが79μmであり、基材層の厚さが67μm、インク受容層の厚さが12μmであった。 <Production Examples b2 to b5 (laminated structure)>
In Production Example b1 of the laminated structure described above, Production Example b2 was carried out in the same manner as Production Example b1, except that resins E2 to E5 shown in Table 3 were used instead of resin E1 constituting the ink receiving layer. A laminated structure of .about.b5 was produced. In each of the laminated structures of Production Examples b2 to b5, the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 μm, the thickness of the base material layer was 67 μm, and the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 μm.
上述の積層構造体の製造例b1において、インク受容層を構成する樹脂E1に代えて、表3に記載の樹脂E2~E5をそれぞれ用いた以外は、製造例b1と同様に行い、製造例b2~b5の積層構造体を製造した。製造例b2~b5の積層構造体はいずれも、積層構造体全体の厚さが79μmであり、基材層の厚さが67μm、インク受容層の厚さが12μmであった。 <Production Examples b2 to b5 (laminated structure)>
In Production Example b1 of the laminated structure described above, Production Example b2 was carried out in the same manner as Production Example b1, except that resins E2 to E5 shown in Table 3 were used instead of resin E1 constituting the ink receiving layer. A laminated structure of .about.b5 was produced. In each of the laminated structures of Production Examples b2 to b5, the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 μm, the thickness of the base material layer was 67 μm, and the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 μm.
<製造例b6(積層構造体)>
上述の積層構造体の製造例b1において、基材層を構成する樹脂D1に代えて、表3に記載の炭酸カルシウムを含む樹脂組成物D2を用いた以外は、製造例b1と同様に行い、製造例b6の積層構造体を製造した。製造例b6の積層構造体は、積層構造体全体の厚さが79μmであり、基材層の厚さが67μm、インク受容層の厚さが12μmであった。 <Production Example b6 (Laminated Structure)>
In the production example b1 of the laminated structure described above, in place of the resin D1 constituting the base material layer, except that the resin composition D2 containing calcium carbonate described in Table 3 was used, the production was performed in the same manner as in Production Example b1, The laminated structure of Production Example b6 was produced. In the laminated structure of Production Example b6, the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 μm, the thickness of the base material layer was 67 μm, and the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 μm.
上述の積層構造体の製造例b1において、基材層を構成する樹脂D1に代えて、表3に記載の炭酸カルシウムを含む樹脂組成物D2を用いた以外は、製造例b1と同様に行い、製造例b6の積層構造体を製造した。製造例b6の積層構造体は、積層構造体全体の厚さが79μmであり、基材層の厚さが67μm、インク受容層の厚さが12μmであった。 <Production Example b6 (Laminated Structure)>
In the production example b1 of the laminated structure described above, in place of the resin D1 constituting the base material layer, except that the resin composition D2 containing calcium carbonate described in Table 3 was used, the production was performed in the same manner as in Production Example b1, The laminated structure of Production Example b6 was produced. In the laminated structure of Production Example b6, the total thickness of the laminated structure was 79 μm, the thickness of the base material layer was 67 μm, and the thickness of the ink receiving layer was 12 μm.
[インモールドラベルの作製]
<実施例b1(インモールドラベル)>
インモールドラベルの実施例b1では、トナー組成物B1として、色材を含んだエチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体(Hewlett-Packard Indigo B.V製、商品名:HP ElectroInk Black)を用いた。このトナー組成物B1を、HP Indigo WS6800印刷機(Hewlett-Packard Inc.)を使用して、製造例b1の積層構造体のインク受容層側に印刷を行うことで、印刷層を形成した。印刷後に打ち抜き加工を行い、実施例b1のインモールドラベルを得た。このとき、印刷は、温度23℃、相対湿度50%環境下で実施した。また、印刷条件はブランケット温度105℃、転写圧200kgで実施した。また、インク濃度(網点面積率)が100%のベタ印刷を行った。図9に示すように、実施例b1のインモールドラベル3bの層構成は、印刷層11/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。 [Production of in-mold labels]
<Example b1 (in-mold label)>
In Example b1 of an in-mold label, an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer (made by Hewlett-Packard Indigo BV, trade name: HP ElectroInk Black) containing a coloring material was used as the toner composition B1. This toner composition B1 was printed on the ink receiving layer side of the laminated structure of Production Example b1 using an HP Indigo WS6800 printer (Hewlett-Packard Inc.) to form a printed layer. Punching was performed after printing to obtain an in-mold label of Example b1. At this time, printing was performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. The printing conditions were a blanket temperature of 105 ° C. and a transfer pressure of 200 kg. Further, solid printing with an ink density (halftone dot area ratio) of 100% was performed. As shown in FIG. 9, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 b of Example b1 includes the printing layer 11 / the ink receiving layer 31 / the base material layer 21 in this order, and the printing layer over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31. 11 corresponds to the aspect in which 11 is provided.
<実施例b1(インモールドラベル)>
インモールドラベルの実施例b1では、トナー組成物B1として、色材を含んだエチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体(Hewlett-Packard Indigo B.V製、商品名:HP ElectroInk Black)を用いた。このトナー組成物B1を、HP Indigo WS6800印刷機(Hewlett-Packard Inc.)を使用して、製造例b1の積層構造体のインク受容層側に印刷を行うことで、印刷層を形成した。印刷後に打ち抜き加工を行い、実施例b1のインモールドラベルを得た。このとき、印刷は、温度23℃、相対湿度50%環境下で実施した。また、印刷条件はブランケット温度105℃、転写圧200kgで実施した。また、インク濃度(網点面積率)が100%のベタ印刷を行った。図9に示すように、実施例b1のインモールドラベル3bの層構成は、印刷層11/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。 [Production of in-mold labels]
<Example b1 (in-mold label)>
In Example b1 of an in-mold label, an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer (made by Hewlett-Packard Indigo BV, trade name: HP ElectroInk Black) containing a coloring material was used as the toner composition B1. This toner composition B1 was printed on the ink receiving layer side of the laminated structure of Production Example b1 using an HP Indigo WS6800 printer (Hewlett-Packard Inc.) to form a printed layer. Punching was performed after printing to obtain an in-mold label of Example b1. At this time, printing was performed in an environment of a temperature of 23 ° C. and a relative humidity of 50%. The printing conditions were a blanket temperature of 105 ° C. and a transfer pressure of 200 kg. Further, solid printing with an ink density (halftone dot area ratio) of 100% was performed. As shown in FIG. 9, the layer configuration of the in-
<実施例b2(インモールドラベル)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、網点面積率が100%のベタ印刷に代えて、網点面積率が50%の印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、実施例b2のインモールドラベルを得た。図10に示すように、実施例b2のインモールドラベル3bの層構成は、印刷層11/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面に部分的又は断続的に印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。 <Example b2 (in-mold label)>
In Example b1 of the above-described in-mold label, the printing was performed in the same manner as Example b1 except that printing with a dot area ratio of 50% was performed instead of solid printing with a dot area ratio of 100%. An in-mold label b2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 10, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 3 b of Example b2 has a printing layer 11 / an ink receiving layer 31 / a base layer 21 in this order, and is partially or intermittent on one surface of the ink receiving layer 31. In particular, this corresponds to an aspect in which the printing layer 11 is provided.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、網点面積率が100%のベタ印刷に代えて、網点面積率が50%の印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、実施例b2のインモールドラベルを得た。図10に示すように、実施例b2のインモールドラベル3bの層構成は、印刷層11/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面に部分的又は断続的に印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。 <Example b2 (in-mold label)>
In Example b1 of the above-described in-mold label, the printing was performed in the same manner as Example b1 except that printing with a dot area ratio of 50% was performed instead of solid printing with a dot area ratio of 100%. An in-mold label b2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 10, the layer configuration of the in-
<実施例b3~b6(インモールドラベル)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、製造例b1の積層構造体に代えて、製造例b2~b5の積層構造体にそれぞれ印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、実施例b3~b6のインモールドラベルを得た。実施例b3~b6のインモールドラベルの層構成は、実施例b1と同様の層構成に該当する。 <Examples b3 to b6 (in-mold labels)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, Example 1 was performed in the same manner as Example b1, except that printing was performed on each of the stacked structures of Manufacturing Examples b2 to b5 instead of the stacked structure of Manufacturing Example b1. In-mold labels b3 to b6 were obtained. The layer configuration of the in-mold labels in Examples b3 to b6 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example b1.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、製造例b1の積層構造体に代えて、製造例b2~b5の積層構造体にそれぞれ印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、実施例b3~b6のインモールドラベルを得た。実施例b3~b6のインモールドラベルの層構成は、実施例b1と同様の層構成に該当する。 <Examples b3 to b6 (in-mold labels)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, Example 1 was performed in the same manner as Example b1, except that printing was performed on each of the stacked structures of Manufacturing Examples b2 to b5 instead of the stacked structure of Manufacturing Example b1. In-mold labels b3 to b6 were obtained. The layer configuration of the in-mold labels in Examples b3 to b6 corresponds to the same layer configuration as in Example b1.
<比較例b1(インモールドラベル/酸化重合タイプのインキ使用)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B2として、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂(酸化重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:BEST ONE ベストSP)を用いて、このインク組成物B2を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b1のインモールドラベルを得た。図12に示すように、比較例b1のインモールドラベル202の層構成は、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂を含有するインク印刷層111/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層111が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例b1のインモールドラベル202は、インク印刷層111を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器201を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example b1 (in-mold label / oxidized polymerization type ink use)>
In the above-described in-mold label example b1, instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer, a rosin-modified phenol resin (oxidation polymerization type) containing a coloring material as an ink composition B2 (T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) Example b1 except that this ink composition B2 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., equipment name: RYOBI3300CR) using a product manufactured by Trade Name: BEST ONE Best SP). The in-mold label of Comparative Example b1 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 12, the layer structure of the in-mold label 202 of Comparative Example b1 has an ink printing layer 111 / ink receiving layer 31 / base material layer 21 containing a rosin-modified phenol resin containing a coloring material in this order. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink print layer 111 is provided over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31. The in-mold label 202 of Comparative Example b1 forms the labeled container 201 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 111 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B2として、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂(酸化重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:BEST ONE ベストSP)を用いて、このインク組成物B2を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b1のインモールドラベルを得た。図12に示すように、比較例b1のインモールドラベル202の層構成は、色材を含んだロジン変性フェノール樹脂を含有するインク印刷層111/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層111が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例b1のインモールドラベル202は、インク印刷層111を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器201を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example b1 (in-mold label / oxidized polymerization type ink use)>
In the above-described in-mold label example b1, instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer, a rosin-modified phenol resin (oxidation polymerization type) containing a coloring material as an ink composition B2 (T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) Example b1 except that this ink composition B2 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., equipment name: RYOBI3300CR) using a product manufactured by Trade Name: BEST ONE Best SP). The in-mold label of Comparative Example b1 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 12, the layer structure of the in-
<比較例b2(インモールドラベル/光重合タイプのインキ使用)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B3として、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマー(光重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:UV161)を用いて、このインク組成物B3を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b2のインモールドラベルを得た。図13に示すように、比較例b2のインモールドラベル204の層構成は、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマーを含有するインク印刷層112/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層112が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例b2のインモールドラベル204は、インク印刷層112を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器203を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example b2 (in-mold label / photopolymerization type ink use)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, an acrylic ester oligomer (photopolymerization type) containing a color material (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) was used as the ink composition B3 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer. The product was manufactured in the same manner as in Example b1, except that the ink composition B3 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., device name: RYOBI3300CR). The in-mold label of Comparative Example b2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 13, the layer structure of the in-mold label 204 of Comparative Example b2 has an ink printing layer 112 / ink receiving layer 31 / base material layer 21 containing an acrylic ester oligomer containing a coloring material in this order. This corresponds to an aspect in which the ink printing layer 112 is provided over the entire surface of the ink receiving layer 31. The in-mold label 204 of the comparative example b2 is to form the labeled container 203 by thermally fusing the ink print layer 112 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、印刷層を構成するトナー組成物B1に代えて、インク組成物B3として、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマー(光重合タイプ)((株)T&K TOKA製、商品名:UV161)を用いて、このインク組成物B3を、オフセット印刷機(リョービ(株)製、機器名:RYOBI3300CR)を使用して印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b2のインモールドラベルを得た。図13に示すように、比較例b2のインモールドラベル204の層構成は、色材を含んだアクリルエステルオリゴマーを含有するインク印刷層112/インク受容層31/基材層21をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたってインク印刷層112が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例b2のインモールドラベル204は、インク印刷層112を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器203を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example b2 (in-mold label / photopolymerization type ink use)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, an acrylic ester oligomer (photopolymerization type) containing a color material (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.) was used as the ink composition B3 instead of the toner composition B1 constituting the printing layer. The product was manufactured in the same manner as in Example b1, except that the ink composition B3 was printed using an offset printing machine (manufactured by Ryobi Co., Ltd., device name: RYOBI3300CR). The in-mold label of Comparative Example b2 was obtained. As shown in FIG. 13, the layer structure of the in-
<比較例b3(インモールドラベル/印刷面が表裏反対)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、トナー組成物B1を積層構造体のインク受容層側に印刷を行うことに代えて、トナー組成物B1を積層構造体の基材層側に印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを得た。図14に示すように、比較例b3のインモールドラベル206の層構成は、インク受容層31/基材層21/印刷層11をこの順に有する態様に該当する。比較例b3のインモールドラベル206は、インク受容層31を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器205を形成するものであり、このとき印刷層11は外方に向けて露出する。 <Comparative Example b3 (in-mold label / printed surface is opposite)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, instead of printing the toner composition B1 on the ink receiving layer side of the laminated structure, the toner composition B1 is printed on the substrate layer side of the laminated structure. The in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example b1. As shown in FIG. 14, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 206 of Comparative Example b3 corresponds to an aspect having the ink receiving layer 31 / the base material layer 21 / the printing layer 11 in this order. The in-mold label 206 of Comparative Example b3 forms the labeled container 205 by thermally fusing the ink receiving layer 31 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2, and at this time, the printed layer 11 faces outward. Exposed.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、トナー組成物B1を積層構造体のインク受容層側に印刷を行うことに代えて、トナー組成物B1を積層構造体の基材層側に印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを得た。図14に示すように、比較例b3のインモールドラベル206の層構成は、インク受容層31/基材層21/印刷層11をこの順に有する態様に該当する。比較例b3のインモールドラベル206は、インク受容層31を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器205を形成するものであり、このとき印刷層11は外方に向けて露出する。 <Comparative Example b3 (in-mold label / printed surface is opposite)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, instead of printing the toner composition B1 on the ink receiving layer side of the laminated structure, the toner composition B1 is printed on the substrate layer side of the laminated structure. The in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 was obtained in the same manner as in Example b1. As shown in FIG. 14, the layer configuration of the in-
<比較例b4(インモールドラベル/炭酸カルシウム含有)>
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、製造例b1の積層構造体に代えて、製造例b6の積層構造体に印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b4のインモールドラベルを得た。図15に示すように、比較例b4のインモールドラベル208の層構成は、印刷層11/インク受容層31/炭酸カルシウムを含む基材層121をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例b4のインモールドラベル208は、印刷層11を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器207を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example b4 (in-mold label / calcium carbonate-containing)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, except that printing was performed on the laminated structure of Production Example b6 instead of the laminated structure of Production Example b1, the same was performed as in Example b1, and A mold label was obtained. As shown in FIG. 15, the layer configuration of the in-mold label 208 of Comparative Example b4 has the printing layer 11 / ink receiving layer 31 / base material layer 121 containing calcium carbonate in this order. This corresponds to an aspect in which the printing layer 11 is provided throughout. The in-mold label 208 of Comparative Example b4 is to form the labeled container 207 by heat-sealing the printed layer 11 to the wall surface of the resin molded body 2.
上述のインモールドラベルの実施例b1において、製造例b1の積層構造体に代えて、製造例b6の積層構造体に印刷を行った以外は、実施例b1と同様に行い、比較例b4のインモールドラベルを得た。図15に示すように、比較例b4のインモールドラベル208の層構成は、印刷層11/インク受容層31/炭酸カルシウムを含む基材層121をこの順に有し、インク受容層31の一面の全体にわたって印刷層11が設けられている態様に該当する。比較例b4のインモールドラベル208は、印刷層11を樹脂成形体2の壁面に熱融着させることで、ラベル付き容器207を形成するものである。 <Comparative Example b4 (in-mold label / calcium carbonate-containing)>
In Example b1 of the in-mold label described above, except that printing was performed on the laminated structure of Production Example b6 instead of the laminated structure of Production Example b1, the same was performed as in Example b1, and A mold label was obtained. As shown in FIG. 15, the layer configuration of the in-
[ラベル付き成形品の製造]
<実施例b11(ラベル付き成形品)>
成形用樹脂C1として、高密度ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、商品名:ノバテックHD HJ490)を用いて、長さ130mm×幅150mm×厚さ2mmの試験片成形用金型の一面に、実施例b1のインモールドラベル(70mm×90mm)を、基材層の側が金型に接するように手挿入して設置し、このインモールドラベルを金型に吸引固定した。次いで、金型を型締めし、インジェクション成形機(新潟鐵工所製)によって射出圧力750kgf/cm2の条件で、230℃で溶融させた樹脂C1の射出成形を行った。成形後、金型を冷却し、金型を開放し、実施例b11のラベル付き試験片を得た。
この試験片は図9に示すのと同等の構造となっている。この試験片につき、ラベルの接着強度、耐摩擦性、視認性を評価した。試験片を用いた評価結果から、本発明のインモールドラベルはラベル付き容器に好適に使用できることが分かる。 [Manufacture of labeled molded products]
<Example b11 (molded article with label)>
Using a high-density polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec HD HJ490) as the molding resin C1, it was carried out on one side of a mold for molding a test piece of length 130 mm × width 150 mm ×thickness 2 mm. The in-mold label (70 mm × 90 mm) of Example b1 was manually inserted and placed so that the base layer side was in contact with the mold, and this in-mold label was sucked and fixed to the mold. Next, the mold was clamped, and injection molding of the resin C1 melted at 230 ° C. was performed under an injection pressure of 750 kgf / cm 2 by an injection molding machine (manufactured by Niigata Steel). After molding, the mold was cooled, the mold was opened, and the labeled test piece of Example b11 was obtained.
This test piece has a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. About this test piece, the adhesive strength of the label, friction resistance, and visibility were evaluated. From the evaluation results using the test pieces, it can be seen that the in-mold label of the present invention can be suitably used for a labeled container.
<実施例b11(ラベル付き成形品)>
成形用樹脂C1として、高密度ポリエチレン(日本ポリエチレン(株)製、商品名:ノバテックHD HJ490)を用いて、長さ130mm×幅150mm×厚さ2mmの試験片成形用金型の一面に、実施例b1のインモールドラベル(70mm×90mm)を、基材層の側が金型に接するように手挿入して設置し、このインモールドラベルを金型に吸引固定した。次いで、金型を型締めし、インジェクション成形機(新潟鐵工所製)によって射出圧力750kgf/cm2の条件で、230℃で溶融させた樹脂C1の射出成形を行った。成形後、金型を冷却し、金型を開放し、実施例b11のラベル付き試験片を得た。
この試験片は図9に示すのと同等の構造となっている。この試験片につき、ラベルの接着強度、耐摩擦性、視認性を評価した。試験片を用いた評価結果から、本発明のインモールドラベルはラベル付き容器に好適に使用できることが分かる。 [Manufacture of labeled molded products]
<Example b11 (molded article with label)>
Using a high-density polyethylene (manufactured by Nippon Polyethylene Co., Ltd., trade name: Novatec HD HJ490) as the molding resin C1, it was carried out on one side of a mold for molding a test piece of length 130 mm × width 150 mm ×
This test piece has a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. About this test piece, the adhesive strength of the label, friction resistance, and visibility were evaluated. From the evaluation results using the test pieces, it can be seen that the in-mold label of the present invention can be suitably used for a labeled container.
<実施例b12,b13(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b11において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表3に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例b11と同様に行い、図9に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b12,b13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples b12 and b13 (molded products with labels)>
In Example b11 described above, the same procedure as in Example b11 was performed except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 3 were used instead of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples b12 and b13 having the following structure were obtained.
上述の実施例b11において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表3に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例b11と同様に行い、図9に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b12,b13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples b12 and b13 (molded products with labels)>
In Example b11 described above, the same procedure as in Example b11 was performed except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 3 were used instead of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples b12 and b13 having the following structure were obtained.
<実施例b14(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b11において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例b2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b11と同様に行い、図11に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Example b14 (molded article with label)>
In Example b11 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example b2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the same procedure as in Example b11 was performed, and a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 11 was obtained. Then, a labeled test piece of Example b14 was obtained.
上述の実施例b11において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例b2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b11と同様に行い、図11に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Example b14 (molded article with label)>
In Example b11 described above, except that the in-mold label of Example b2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the same procedure as in Example b11 was performed, and a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 11 was obtained. Then, a labeled test piece of Example b14 was obtained.
<実施例b15,b16(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b14において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表3に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例b14と同様に行い、図11に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b15,b16のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples b15 and b16 (molded products with labels)>
In Example b14 described above, the procedure was the same as Example b14 except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 3 were used in place of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples b15 and b16 having the following structure were obtained.
上述の実施例b14において、樹脂成形体を構成する樹脂C1に代えて、表3に記載の樹脂C2,C3をそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例b14と同様に行い、図11に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b15,b16のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples b15 and b16 (molded products with labels)>
In Example b14 described above, the procedure was the same as Example b14 except that the resins C2 and C3 shown in Table 3 were used in place of the resin C1 constituting the resin molded body, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples b15 and b16 having the following structure were obtained.
<実施例b17~b20(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例b2~b5のインモールドラベルをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図9に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b17~b20のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples b17 to b20 (molded products with labels)>
In the above-described Example b13, the same procedure as in Example b13 was performed except that the in-mold labels of Examples b2 to b5 were used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples b17 to b20 having a structure were obtained.
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、実施例b2~b5のインモールドラベルをそれぞれ用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図9に示すのと同等の構造を有する、実施例b17~b20のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Examples b17 to b20 (molded products with labels)>
In the above-described Example b13, the same procedure as in Example b13 was performed except that the in-mold labels of Examples b2 to b5 were used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, and the same as shown in FIG. The labeled test pieces of Examples b17 to b20 having a structure were obtained.
<比較例b11(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b1のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図12に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b11のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b11 (molded product with label)>
In Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b1 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, it was performed in the same manner as Example b13 and had the same structure as shown in FIG. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b11 was obtained.
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b1のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図12に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b11のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b11 (molded product with label)>
In Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b1 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, it was performed in the same manner as Example b13 and had the same structure as shown in FIG. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b11 was obtained.
<比較例b12(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図13に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b12のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b12 (molded product with label)>
In Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the same operation as Example b13 was performed and the structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 13 was obtained. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b12 was obtained.
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b2のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図13に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b12のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b12 (molded product with label)>
In Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b2 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the same operation as Example b13 was performed and the structure equivalent to that shown in FIG. 13 was obtained. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b12 was obtained.
<比較例b13(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを用いて、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを印刷層の側が金型に接するように手挿入した以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図14に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b13 (molded product with label)>
In Example b13 described above, instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 was manually inserted so that the printed layer side was in contact with the mold. Otherwise, the same procedure as in Example b13 was performed to obtain a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b13 having a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG.
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを用いて、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを印刷層の側が金型に接するように手挿入した以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図14に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b13のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b13 (molded product with label)>
In Example b13 described above, instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, the in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 was manually inserted so that the printed layer side was in contact with the mold. Otherwise, the same procedure as in Example b13 was performed to obtain a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b13 having a structure equivalent to that shown in FIG.
<比較例b14(ラベル付き成形品)>
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b4のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図15に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b14 (molded article with label)>
In Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b4 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, it was performed in the same manner as Example b13 and had the same structure as shown in FIG. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b14 was obtained.
上述の実施例b13において、実施例b1のインモールドラベルに代えて、比較例b4のインモールドラベルを用いた以外は、実施例b13と同様に行い、図15に示すのと同等の構造を有する、比較例b14のラベル付き試験片を得た。 <Comparative Example b14 (molded article with label)>
In Example b13 described above, except that the in-mold label of Comparative Example b4 was used instead of the in-mold label of Example b1, it was performed in the same manner as Example b13 and had the same structure as shown in FIG. Thus, a labeled test piece of Comparative Example b14 was obtained.
[評価]
表4に、ラベル付き成形品の構成の一覧、及び評価結果を示す。 [Evaluation]
Table 4 shows a list of the structures of the molded products with labels and the evaluation results.
表4に、ラベル付き成形品の構成の一覧、及び評価結果を示す。 [Evaluation]
Table 4 shows a list of the structures of the molded products with labels and the evaluation results.
表4から明らかなように、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有する印刷層を備える実施例b1~b6のインモールドラベルを用いた、実施例b11~b20のラベル付き成形品は、耐摩擦性、視認性、接着強度のいずれにおいても優れており、インモールドラベルと樹脂成形体とが接触する側に表示される印刷内容の保護と視認を可能としながら、樹脂成形体との接着性を兼ね備えたものであることが分かる。さらに、実施例b14~b16の結果から、印刷層を部分的に設けた場合であっても、良好な接着性が得られることが分かる。
As is apparent from Table 4, the molded articles with labels of Examples b11 to b20 using the in-mold labels of Examples b1 to b6 provided with a printing layer containing a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer are resistant to friction. It is excellent in all of the properties, visibility, and adhesive strength, and it enables the protection and visibility of the printed content displayed on the side where the in-mold label and the resin molded body are in contact with each other. You can see that it is a combination. Furthermore, the results of Examples b14 to b16 show that good adhesiveness can be obtained even when the printing layer is partially provided.
一方、比較例b1,b2のインモールドラベルを用いた比較例b11,b12のラベル付き成形品は、インク印刷層を樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着させたものであるが、十分な接着強度が得られなかった。また、比較例b3のインモールドラベルを用いた比較例b13のラベル付き成形品は、印刷層がラベル付き成形品の外表面に配置されて印刷内容が露出しているため、耐摩耗性が不良であった。また、比較例b4のインモールドラベルを用いた比較例b14のラベル付き成形品は、基材層が炭酸カルシウムを多く含むため、積層構造体の透明性が低下し、視認性は不良であった。
On the other hand, the labeled molded products of Comparative Examples b11 and b12 using the in-mold labels of Comparative Examples b1 and b2 are obtained by heat-sealing the ink print layer to the wall surface of the resin molded body, but have sufficient adhesive strength. Was not obtained. Further, the molded product with the label of Comparative Example b13 using the in-mold label of Comparative Example b3 has poor wear resistance because the printed layer is arranged on the outer surface of the molded product with label and the printed content is exposed. Met. Moreover, since the base material layer contained a large amount of calcium carbonate, the labeled molded product of Comparative Example b14 using the in-mold label of Comparative Example b4 had poor transparency and poor visibility. .
1 ラベル付き容器
2 樹脂成形体
3 インモールドラベル
11 印刷層
21 基材層
31 インク受容層
41 積層構造体 DESCRIPTION OFSYMBOLS 1 Container with label 2 Resin molding 3 In-mold label 11 Print layer 21 Base material layer 31 Ink receiving layer 41 Laminated structure
2 樹脂成形体
3 インモールドラベル
11 印刷層
21 基材層
31 インク受容層
41 積層構造体 DESCRIPTION OF
Claims (10)
- 樹脂成形体に設けられるインモールドラベルであって、
熱可塑性樹脂を含有する基材層、及び印刷層を備え、
前記印刷層が、色材及びエチレン系共重合体を含有し、且つ、前記印刷層が、前記樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着可能であり、
前記基材層の不透明度が、40%以下である
ことを特徴とするインモールドラベル。 An in-mold label provided on a resin molded body,
A substrate layer containing a thermoplastic resin, and a printing layer,
The printing layer contains a color material and an ethylene-based copolymer, and the printing layer can be heat-sealed to the wall surface of the resin molded body;
An in-mold label, wherein the substrate layer has an opacity of 40% or less. - 前記熱可塑性樹脂が、ポリオレフィン系樹脂を含む
請求項1に記載のインモールドラベル。 The in-mold label according to claim 1, wherein the thermoplastic resin contains a polyolefin resin. - 前記基材層と前記印刷層との間に、さらにポリエチレン系樹脂を含有するインク受容層を有し、
前記基材層と前記インク受容層とを有する積層構造体の不透明度が、40%以下である
請求項1又は2に記載のインモールドラベル。 Between the base material layer and the printing layer, further having an ink receiving layer containing a polyethylene resin,
The in-mold label according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the opacity of the laminated structure having the base material layer and the ink receiving layer is 40% or less. - 前記ポリエチレン系樹脂の融点が、135℃以下である
請求項3に記載のインモールドラベル。 The in-mold label according to claim 3, wherein the polyethylene resin has a melting point of 135 ° C. or less. - 前記インク受容層が、0.1~30μmの厚さを有する
請求項3又は4に記載のインモールドラベル。 The in-mold label according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the ink receiving layer has a thickness of 0.1 to 30 µm. - 前記エチレン系共重合体の融点が、135℃以下である
請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。 The in-mold label according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the melting point of the ethylene copolymer is 135 ° C or lower. - 前記エチレン系共重合体が、エチレン・メタクリル酸共重合体及び/又はエチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体を含む
請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。 The in-mold label according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the ethylene copolymer includes an ethylene / methacrylic acid copolymer and / or an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer. - 前記印刷層が、5~100%の網点面積率を有する
請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載のインモールドラベル。 The in-mold label according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the printed layer has a dot area ratio of 5 to 100%. - 樹脂成形体と、前記樹脂成形体に設けられたインモールドラベルとを備えるインモールド成形体であって、
前記インモールドラベルが、請求項1~8に記載のインモールドラベルであり、
前記印刷層が、前記樹脂成形体の壁面に熱融着している
ことを特徴とするインモールド成形体。 An in-mold molded body comprising a resin molded body and an in-mold label provided on the resin molded body,
The in-mold label is the in-mold label according to claims 1 to 8,
The in-mold molded product, wherein the printed layer is thermally fused to the wall surface of the resin molded product. - 前記樹脂成形体が、ポリエチレン系樹脂を含んでなる
請求項9に記載のインモールド成形体。 The in-mold molded product according to claim 9, wherein the resin molded product comprises a polyethylene-based resin.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2016-130078 | 2016-06-30 | ||
JP2016-130079 | 2016-06-30 | ||
JP2016130078 | 2016-06-30 | ||
JP2016130079 | 2016-06-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2018003803A1 true WO2018003803A1 (en) | 2018-01-04 |
Family
ID=60787200
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2017/023592 WO2018003803A1 (en) | 2016-06-30 | 2017-06-27 | In-mold label and in-mold molding |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2018003803A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018182026A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | 株式会社ユポ・コーポレーション | Label for in-mold molding and labeled resin molded article |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1998032598A1 (en) * | 1997-01-28 | 1998-07-30 | Avery Dennison Corporation | In-mold labels and uses thereof |
JP2002328607A (en) * | 2001-02-02 | 2002-11-15 | Yupo Corp | Label for in-mold forming |
JP2002351323A (en) * | 2001-05-23 | 2002-12-06 | Oji Paper Co Ltd | Heat seal label, affixation method and object affixed with label |
WO2004049284A1 (en) * | 2002-11-22 | 2004-06-10 | Yupo Corporation | In-mold label having removable part |
WO2007023843A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-01 | Yupo Corporation | Resin film and method for producing same, printed matter, label and resin molded article |
JP2014224882A (en) * | 2013-05-16 | 2014-12-04 | 株式会社ユポ・コーポレーション | Label for in-mold molding |
-
2017
- 2017-06-27 WO PCT/JP2017/023592 patent/WO2018003803A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1998032598A1 (en) * | 1997-01-28 | 1998-07-30 | Avery Dennison Corporation | In-mold labels and uses thereof |
JP2002328607A (en) * | 2001-02-02 | 2002-11-15 | Yupo Corp | Label for in-mold forming |
JP2002351323A (en) * | 2001-05-23 | 2002-12-06 | Oji Paper Co Ltd | Heat seal label, affixation method and object affixed with label |
WO2004049284A1 (en) * | 2002-11-22 | 2004-06-10 | Yupo Corporation | In-mold label having removable part |
WO2007023843A1 (en) * | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-01 | Yupo Corporation | Resin film and method for producing same, printed matter, label and resin molded article |
JP2014224882A (en) * | 2013-05-16 | 2014-12-04 | 株式会社ユポ・コーポレーション | Label for in-mold molding |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018182026A1 (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-10-04 | 株式会社ユポ・コーポレーション | Label for in-mold molding and labeled resin molded article |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6625081B2 (en) | Thermoplastic resin film, hollow molded container with label, adhesive film and label | |
EP3605507B1 (en) | Label for in-mold molding and labeled resin molded article | |
WO2012002510A1 (en) | Readily removable film, label for in-mold molding, molded resin article having label attached thereto, wallpaper, glue label, and container having label attached thereto | |
JP6711832B2 (en) | Easily peelable laminated label, method for producing the same and method of using the same, adherend with easily peelable laminated label, and method for determining unopened label | |
EP3438011B1 (en) | Production process for package | |
WO2020067327A1 (en) | In-mold label, and container with in-mold label | |
JP7256020B2 (en) | Multilayer film with peeling function and package thereof | |
JP6184742B2 (en) | In-mold label | |
JP6343115B2 (en) | Press-through pack packaging lid and packaging | |
WO2018062214A1 (en) | In-mold label and container fitted with label | |
JP2003295767A (en) | Label for inmold molding | |
WO2018003803A1 (en) | In-mold label and in-mold molding | |
WO2021193852A1 (en) | Thermal label | |
JPH08254956A (en) | Label for in-mold decorating | |
JP5492547B2 (en) | Labeled container and manufacturing method thereof | |
JP2018060185A (en) | In-mold label and container with label | |
JP5109421B2 (en) | Container with in-mold label | |
JP2003237816A (en) | Lid material | |
JP2011013395A (en) | Label | |
JP4378092B2 (en) | screen | |
WO2021220795A1 (en) | Container with label | |
JP2005089736A (en) | Thermoplastic resin film | |
JP5838531B2 (en) | Labeled container |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 17820157 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 17820157 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: JP |